Table Of Contents
BGP Commands on Cisco IOS XR Software
address-family (BGP)
advertisement-interval
af-group
aggregate-address
allocate-label
allowas-in
as-override
bfd (BGP)
bgp as-path-loopcheck
bgp attribute-download
bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
bgp bestpath med always
bgp bestpath med confed
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
bgp client-to-client reflection disable
bgp cluster-id
bgp confederation identifier
bgp confederation peers
bgp dampening
bgp default local-preference
bgp enforce-first-as disable
bgp fast-external-fallover disable
bgp graceful-restart
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
bgp graceful-restart purge-time
bgp graceful-restart restart-time
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
bgp log neighbor changes disable
bgp maximum neighbor
bgp redistribute-internal
bgp router-id
bgp scan-time
bgp update-delay
bgp write-limit
capability orf prefix
capability suppress 4-byte-as
clear bgp
clear bgp current-mode
clear bgp dampening
clear bgp external
clear bgp flap-statistics
clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics
clear bgp nexthop registration
clear bgp peer-drops
clear bgp performance-statistics
clear bgp self-originated
clear bgp shutdown
clear bgp soft
default-information originate (BGP)
default-metric (BGP)
default-originate
description (BGP)
distance bgp
distributed speaker
dmz-link-bandwidth
dscp (BGP)
ebgp-multihop
export route-policy
export route-target
import route-policy
import route-target
keychain
keychain-disable
label-allocation-mode
local-as
maximum-paths (BGP)
maximum-prefix (BGP)
mpls activate (BGP)
neighbor (BGP)
neighbor-group
network (BGP)
network backdoor
next-hop-self
next-hop-unchanged
nexthop route-policy
nexthop trigger-delay
orf
password (BGP)
password-disable
precedence
rd
receive-buffer-size
redistribute (BGP)
remote-as (BGP)
remove-private-as
retain route-target
route-policy (BGP)
route-reflector-client
router bgp
send-buffer-size
send-community-ebgp
send-extended-community-ebgp
session-group
session-open-mode
show bgp
show bgp advertised
show bgp af-group
show bgp attribute-key
show bgp cidr-only
show bgp community
show bgp convergence
show bgp dampened-paths
show bgp flap-statistics
show bgp inconsistent-as
show bgp labels
show bgp neighbor-group
show bgp neighbors
show bgp nexthops
show bgp paths
show bgp policy
show bgp process
show bgp regexp
show bgp route-policy
show bgp session-group
show bgp summary
show bgp truncated-communities
show bgp update-group
show bgp vrf imported-routes
show protocols (BGP)
shutdown (BGP)
site-of-origin (BGP)
socket receive-buffer-size
socket send-buffer-size
soft-reconfiguration inbound
speaker-id
table-policy
timers (BGP)
timers bgp
ttl-security
update-source
use
vrf (BGP)
weight
BGP Commands on Cisco IOS XR Software
This chapter describes the commands used to configure and monitor Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) for IP Version 4 (IPv4), IP Version 6 (IPv6), Virtual Private Network Version 4 (VPNv4), Virtual Private Network Version 6 (VPNv6), and multicast distribution tree (MDT) routing sessions.
For detailed information about BGP concepts, configuration tasks, and examples, see Implementing BGP on Cisco IOS XR Software in Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide.
address-family (BGP)
To enter various address family configuration modes while configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the address-family command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable support for an address family, use the no form of this command.
address-family {ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast | ipv4 tunnel | ipv4 mdt |
ipv6 unicast | ipv6 multicast | ipv6 labeled-unicast | vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast}
no address-family {ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast | ipv4 tunnel | ipv4 mdt
| ipv6 unicast | ipv6 multicast | ipv6 labeled-unicast | vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast}
Syntax Description
ipv4 unicast
|
Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast address prefixes.
|
ipv4 multicast
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv4 labeled-unicast
|
Specifies IPv4 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv4 neighbor configuration mode and VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
ipv4 tunnel
|
Specifies IPv4 tunnel address prefixes.
|
ipv4 mdt
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes. This option is available in router configuration mode and IPv4 neighbor configuration mode.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6 multicast
|
Specifies IPv6 multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6 labeled-unicast
|
Specifies IPv6 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv6 neighbor configuration mode.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Defaults
An address family must be explicitly configured in the router configuration mode for the address family to be active in BGP. Similarly, an address family must be configured under the neighbor for the BGP session to be established for that address family. An address family must be configured in router configuration mode before it can be configured under a neighbor.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
VRF configuration
VRF neighbor configuration (IPv4 address families)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF and VRF neighbor configuration modes.
The vpnv4 unicast and labeled-unicast keywords were added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• vpnv6 unicast
• ipv4 tunnel
• ipv4 mdt
• ipv6 labeled-unicast
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
The Address Family Submode Support table was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the address-family command to enter various address family configuration modes while configuring BGP routing sessions. When you enter the address-family command from router configuration mode, you enable the address family and enter global address family configuration mode.
The IPv4 unicast address family must be configured in router configuration mode before configuring the IPv4 labeled-unicast address family for a neighbor in neighbor configuration mode. The IPv6 unicast address family must be configured in router configuration mode before configuring the IPv6 labeled-unicast address family for a neighbor in neighbor configuration mode. See Table 1.
Table 1 Address Family Submode Support
Address Family
|
Supported in Router Submode
|
Supported in Neighbor Submode
|
Comments
|
ipv4 unicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv4 multicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv4 mdt
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv4 tunnel
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv4 labeled-unicast
|
no
|
yes
|
The ipv4 labeled-unicast address family can be configured only as a neighbor address family; however, it requires that the ipv4 unicast address family be configured as the router address family first.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv6 unicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv6 multicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
ipv6 labeled-unicast
|
no
|
yes
|
The ipv6 labeled-unicast address family can be configured only as a neighbor address family; however, it requires that the ipv6 unicast address family be configured as the router address family first.
Note The ipv6 labeled-unicast address family is supported only on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. It is not supported on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
yes
|
yes
|
—
|
When you enter the address-family command from neighbor configuration mode, you activate the address family on the neighbor and enter neighbor address family configuration mode.
IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast, multicast, labeled-unicast, and VPNv4 unicast address families. IPv6 neighbor sessions support IPv6 unicast and multicast address families.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#
The following example shows how to activate IPv4 multicast for neighbor 10.0.0.1 and place the router in neighbor address family configuration mode for the IPv4 multicast address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)#
The following example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 12
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 tunnel
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#
advertisement-interval
To set the minimum interval between the sending of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing updates, use the advertisement-interval command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the advertisement-interval command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
advertisement-interval seconds
no advertisement-interval [seconds]
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Minimum interval between sending BGP routing updates (in seconds). Range is 0 to 600.
|
Defaults
Default minimum interval:
For internal BGP (iBGP) peers is 0 seconds
For external BGP (eBGP) peers is 30 seconds
For customer edge (CE) peers is 0 seconds
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If this command configures a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the minimum time between sending BGP routing updates to 10 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.1.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# advertisement-interval 10
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
af-group
To create an address family group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors and enter address family group configuration mode, use the af-group command in router configuration mode. To remove an address family group, use the no form of this command.
af-group af-group-name address-family {ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast |
ipv4 tunnel | ipv4 mdt | ipv6 unicast | ipv6 multicast | ipv6 labeled-unicast | vpnv4 unicast
| vpnv6 unicast}
no af-group af-group-name address-family {ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast
| ipv4 tunnel | ipv4 mdt | ipv6 unicast | ipv6 multicast | ipv6 labeled-unicast | vpnv4 unicast
| vpnv6 unicast}
Syntax Description
af-group-name
|
Address family group name.
|
address-family
|
Enters address family configuration mode.
|
ipv4 unicast
|
Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast address prefixes.
|
ipv4 multicast
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv4 labeled-unicast
|
Specifies IPv4 labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
ipv4 tunnel
|
Specifies IPv4 tunnel address prefixes.
|
ipv4 mdt
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6 multicast
|
Specifies IPv6 multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6 labeled-unicast
|
Specifies IPv6 labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast address prefixes.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast address prefixes.
|
Defaults
No BGP address family group is configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The vpnv4 unicast and labeled-unicast keywords were added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast, ipv6 labeled-unicast, ipv4 tunnel, and ipv4 mdt keywords were added.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the af-group command to group address family-specific neighbor commands within an IPv4 or IPv6 address family. Neighbors that have address family configuration are able to use the address family group. Further, neighbors inherit the configuration parameters of the entire address family group.
You cannot define two address family groups with the same name in different address families.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to create address family group group1 and enter address family group configuration mode for IPv4 unicast. Group1 contains the next-hop-self feature, which is inherited by neighbors that use address family group1.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-self
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor (BGP)
|
Enters neighbor configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
use
|
Inherits configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
|
aggregate-address
To create an aggregate entry in a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the aggregate-address command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the aggregate-address command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
aggregate-address address/mask-length [as-set] [as-confed-set] [summary-only] [route-policy
route-policy-name]
no aggregate-address address/mask-length [as-set] [as-confed-set] [summary-only]
[route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
address
|
Aggregate address.
|
/mask-length
|
Aggregate address mask length.
|
as-set
|
(Optional) Generates autonomous system set path information and community information from contributing paths.
|
as-confed-set
|
(Optional) Generates autonomous system confederation set path information from contributing paths.
|
summary-only
|
(Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Specifies the name of a route policy used to set the attributes of the aggregate route.
|
Defaults
When you do not specify this command, no aggregate entry is created in the BGP routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
You can implement aggregate routing in BGP either by redistributing an aggregate route into BGP using the network command or the aggregate-address command.
Use the aggregate-address command without optional arguments to create an aggregate entry in the BGP routing table if any more-specific BGP routes are available that fall in the specified range. The aggregate route is advertised as coming from your autonomous system and has the atomic aggregate attribute set to show that information might be missing. (By default, the atomic aggregate attribute is set unless you specify the as-set keyword.)
Use of the as-set keyword creates an aggregate entry using the same rules that the command follows without this keyword. However, the advertised path for this route is an AS_SET, a set of all autonomous systems contained in all paths that are being summarized.
Do not use this form of the aggregate-address command when aggregating many paths because this route must be continually withdrawn and updated as autonomous system path reachability information for the summarized routes changes.
Use the as-confed-set keyword to create an AS_CONFED_SET in the autonomous system path of the aggregate from any confederation segments in the paths being summarized. This keyword takes effect only if the as-set keyword is also specified.
Use of the summary-only keyword creates an aggregate entry (for example, 10.0.0.0/8) but suppresses advertisements of more-specific routes to all neighbors. If you want to suppress only advertisements to certain neighbors, use the route-policy (BGP) command in neighbor address family configuration mode with caution. If a more-specific route leaks out, all BGP speakers (the local router) prefer that route over the less-specific aggregate you generate (using longest-match routing).
Use the route-policy keyword to specify a routing policy for the aggregate entry. The route-policy keyword is used to select which more-specific information to base the aggregate entry on and which more-specific information to suppress. You can also use the keyword to modify the attributes of the aggregate entry.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to create an aggregate address. The path advertised for this route is an autonomous system set consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0/8 as-set
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies the list of networks for the BGP routing process.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
|
route-policy (RPL)
|
Defines a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
|
allocate-label
To allocate Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels for specific IPv4 unicast or VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) IPv4 unicast routes so that the BGP router can send labels with BGP routes to a neighboring router configured for labeled-unicast sessions, use the allocate-label command in the appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
allocate-label {route-policy route-policy-name | all}
no allocate-label {route-policy route-policy-name | all}
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
|
Name of the route policy.
|
all
|
Specifies all route policies.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was supported on the Cisco CRS-1.
The all keyword was added.
The command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in IPv6 address family configuration mode and VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the allocate-label command with a route policy to trigger BGP to allocate labels for all or a filtered set of global IPv4 routes (as dictated by the route policy). The command enables autonomous system border routers (ASBRs) that have labeled IPv4 unicast sessions to exchange Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels with the IPv4 routes to the other autonomous system (AS) in Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (L3VPN) inter-AS deployments.
Note
The allocate-label all command is functionally equivalent to the allocate-label route-policy route-policy-name command when the route policy is a pass-all policy.
See Cisco IOS XR Multiprotocol Label Switching Configuration Guide for information on using the allocate-label command for L3VPN inter-AS deployments and carrier-supporting-carrier IPv4 BGP label distribution.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable allocating labels for IPv4 routes:
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# allocate-label route-policy policy_A
allowas-in
To allow an AS path with the provider edge (PE) autonomous system number (ASN) a specified number of times, use the allowas-in command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
allowas-in [as-occurrence-number]
no allowas-in [as-occurrence-number]
Syntax Description
as-occurrence-number
|
(Optional) Number of times a PE ASN is allowed. Range is 1 to 10.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Address family group configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Hub and spoke VPN networks require looping back of routing information to the hub PE through the hub customer edge (CE). See Cisco IOS XR Multiprotocol Label Switching Configuration Guide for information on hub and spoke VPN networks. This looping back, in addition to the presence of the PE ASN, causes the looped-back information to be dropped by the hub PE.
The allowas-in command prevents the looped-back information from being dropped by replacing the neighbor autonomous system number (ASN) with the PE ASN in the AS path. This allows the VPN customer to see a specified number of occurrences of the PE ASN in the AS path.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to allow five occurrences of the PE ASN:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group_1 address-family vpnv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# allowas-in 5
as-override
To configure a provider edge (PE) router to override the autonomous system number (ASN) of a site with the ASN of a provider, use the as-override command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
as-override [disable]
no as-override [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Prevents the as-override command from being inherited from a parent group.
|
Defaults
Automatic override of the ASN is disabled.
Command Modes
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the as-override command in conjunction with the site-of-origin (SoO) feature, identifying the site where a route originated, and preventing routing loops between routers within a VPN.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ASN override:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf_A
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 192.168.70.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# remote-as 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr-af)# as-override
Related Commands
bfd (BGP)
To specify a bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) multiplier and minimum-interval arguments per neighbor, use the bfd command in neighbor address family independent configuration mode. To return to the system defaults, use the no form of this command.
Previous to this enhancement, BFD could be configured only in global scope in BGP. This change makes available two new command-line arguments under neighbor address family independent configuration:
bfd multiplier (minimum-interval) value
no bfd multiplier (minimum-interval) value
Syntax Description
multiplier value
|
Specifies the BFD session's multiplier value for the neighbor.
|
minimum-interval value
|
Specifies the BFD session's minimum-interval value for the neighbor.
|
Defaults
No default per neighbor parameters are set.
Command Modes
Neighbor address family independent configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
The arguments multiplier and minimum-interval were added for the neighbor address family independent configuration.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If the minimum interval is changed using the bfd minimum-interval command, the new parameter updates all affected BFD sessions under the command mode in which the minimum interval was changed.
If the multiplier is changed using the bfd multiplier command, the new parameter is used to update only the BFD sessions associated with the affected neighbor gets affected.
The assumption is that when BFD fast-detect is enabled under neighbor address family independent configuration, the values for the multiplier and minimum-interval values are always derived from the per-neighbor values if they are configured; otherwise, they are to be taken from the global BGP configuration mode. In the event that this has not been explicitly stated, then these values are taken to be the default values. Also, the bfd arguments can be configured under neighbor-group and session-group and the inheritance adheres to the standard way of BGP configuration inheritance.
Accordingly, there are four cases in which bfd-fast detect is enabled.
This is shown in table below where the BFD value is either multiplier or minimum-interval. Local indicates per NBR value, global is the BGP global value.
BFD value (global)
|
BFD value (local)
|
Result
|
Yes
|
Yes
|
BFD value (local)
|
Yes
|
No
|
BFD value (global)
|
No
|
Yes
|
BFD value (local)
|
No
|
No
|
BFD value (default)
|
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the BFD session's multiplier value for the neighbor:
RP/0/0/CPU0:router # conf t
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# neighbor 3.3.3.2
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 311
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 7
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# neighbor 5.5.5.2
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 318
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 4
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# vrf one
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 3.12.1.2
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 119
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd multiplier 10
RP/0/0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# commit
RP/0/0/CPU0:router# show bfd session
Interface Dest Addr Local det time(int*mult) State
-------------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------
Gi0/2/0/2 3.3.3.2 2177ms(311ms*7) 14s(2s*7) UP
Gi0/2/0/2.1 3.12.1.2 1190ms(119ms*10) 20s(2s*10) UP
PO0/3/0/6 5.5.5.2 1272ms(318ms*4) 8s(2s*4) UP
RP/0/0/CPU0:router# show bfd session detail
I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.3.3.2, src: 3.3.3.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None
My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None
My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 311 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 311 ms
Echo detection time: 2177 ms(311 ms*7), async detection time: 14 s(2 s*7)
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms
Last packet transmitted 313 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms
Last packet received 1615 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=462 ms, avg=229 ms
Last packet transmitted 289 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=178 ms, max=461 ms, avg=229 ms
Last packet received 287 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=4 ms, avg=860 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2.1, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.12.1.2, src: 3.12.1.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None
My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None
My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 119 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 119 ms
Echo detection time: 1190 ms(119 ms*10), async detection time: 20 s(2 s*10)
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms
Last packet transmitted 314 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms
Last packet received 1616 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=120 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms
Last packet transmitted 112 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=119 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms
Last packet received 110 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=2 ms, avg=850 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
I/f: POS0/3/0/6, Location: 0/3/CPU0, dest: 5.5.5.2, src: 5.5.5.1
State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:50s, number of times UP: 1
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None
My discr: 786436, your discr: 786433, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s
Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None
My discr: 786433, your discr: 786436, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0
Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s
Desired echo tx interval: 318 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 318 ms
Echo detection time: 1272 ms(318 ms*4), async detection time: 8 s(2 s*4)
Intervals between async packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2 s, avg=1821 ms
Last packet transmitted 1740 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1832 ms
Last packet received 160 ms ago
Intervals between echo packets:
Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms
Last packet transmitted 44 ms ago
Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=179 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms
Last packet received 41 ms ago
Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx):
Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=3 ms, avg=540 us
Session owner information:
Client Desired interval Multiplier
---------------- -------------------- --------------
RP/0/0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 3.3.3.2
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:01
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 311 multiplier: 7
Last read 00:00:56, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:06:58, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent -
administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:06:58
Error Code: administrative reset
RP/0/0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 5.5.5.2
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:04
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 318 multiplier: 4
Last read 00:00:58, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:07:01, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent -
administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:01
Error Code: administrative reset
RP/0/0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf one nei 3.12.1.2
BGP neighbor is 3.12.1.2, vrf one
Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link
Remote router ID 16.0.0.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:06
BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 119 multiplier: 10
Last read 00:00:01, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 9 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
AF-dependant capabilities:
Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds
Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds
Remote Restart time is 120 seconds
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was not received during read-only mode
Connections established 1; dropped 0
Last reset 00:07:04, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent -
administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:04
Error Code: administrative reset
bgp as-path-loopcheck
To enable loop checking in the autonomous system path of the prefixes advertised by internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) peers, use the bgp as-path-loopcheck command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
bgp as-path-loopcheck
no bgp as-path-loopcheck
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
When you do not specify this command, loop checking is performed only for external peers.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an autonomous system path for loop checking iBGP peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp as-path-loopcheck
bgp attribute-download
To enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) attribute download, use the bgp attribute-download command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable BGP attribute download, use the no form of this command.
bgp attribute-download
no bgp attribute-download
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
BGP attribute download is not enabled.
Command Modes
IPv4 unicast address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
When BGP attribute download is enabled using the bgp attribute-download command, BGP reinstalls all routes whose attributes are not currently in the RIB. Likewise, if the user disables BGP attribute download using the no form of the command, BGP reinstalls previously installed routes with a null key, and removes the attributes from the RIB.
Use the bgp attribute-download command to enable the Netflow BGP data export function. When attribute download is enabled, BGP downloads the attribute information for prefixes (community, extended community, and as-path) to the Routing Information Base (RIB) and Forwarding Information Base (FIB). This enables FIB to associate the prefixes with attributes and send the Netflow statistics along with the associated attributes.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows the BGP routes before and after BGP attribute download is enabled and shows how to enable BGP attribute download on BGP router 50:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp
B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 50
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp attribute-download
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp
B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01
bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
To disable an automatic soft reset of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers when their configured route policy is modified, use the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable automatic soft reset of BGP peers, use the no form of this command.
bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
no bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Automatic soft reset of peers is enabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was first introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
If the inbound policy changes, it is not always possible to perform a soft reset. This is the case if the neighbor does not support route refresh and soft-reconfiguration inbound is not configured for the neighbor. In such instances, a message is logged in the system log indicating that a manual hard reset is needed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable an automatic soft reset of BGP peers when their configured route policy is modified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
To ignore the autonomous system path length when calculating preferred paths, use the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To return the software to the default state in which it considers the autonomous system path length when calculating preferred paths, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
no bgp bestpath as-path ignore
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The autonomous system path length is used (not ignored) when a best path is selected.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command to ignore the length of autonomous system paths when the software selects a preferred path. When the best path is selected, if this command is specified, all steps are performed as usual except comparison of the autonomous path length between candidate paths.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the software to ignore the autonomous system length when performing best-path selection:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath as-path ignore
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
|
Compares identical routes received from eBGP peers during the best-path selection process and selects the route with the lowest router ID.
|
bgp bestpath med always
|
Allows the comparison of the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
|
bgp bestpath med confed
|
Enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers.
|
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
|
Enables the software to consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity.
|
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
To compare identical routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path selection process and select the route with the lowest router ID, use the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable comparing identical routes received from eBGP peers during best-path selection, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
no bgp bestpath compare-routerid
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The software does not select a new best path if it is the same as the current best path (according to the BGP selection algorithm) except for the router ID.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command to affect how the software selects the best path, in the case where there are two paths of equal cost according to the BGP selection algorithm. This command is used to force the software to select the path with the lower router ID as the best path. If this command is not used, the software continues to use whichever path is currently the best path, regardless of which has the lower router ID.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the BGP speaker in autonomous system 500 to compare the router IDs of similar paths:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 500
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath compare-routerid
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
To configure a router that is running the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) to not evaluate the cost community attribute during the best-path selection process, use the bgp bestpath cost-community ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
no bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The behavior of this command is enabled by default until the cost community attribute is manually configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp bestpath cost-community ignore command to disable the evaluation of the cost community attribute to help isolate problems and troubleshoot issues that relate to BGP path selection. This command can also be used to delay the activation of cost community attribute evaluation so that cost community filtering can be deployed in a large network at the same time.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a router to not evaluate the cost community attribute during the best-path selection process:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 500
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp bestpath med always
To allow the comparison of the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems, use the bgp bestpath med always command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath med always
no bgp bestpath med always
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The software does not compare MEDs for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The MED is one of the parameters that is considered by the software when selecting the best path among many alternative paths. The software chooses the path with the lowest MED.
By default, during the best-path selection process, the software makes a MED comparison only among paths from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default behavior of the software by allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received.
When the bgp bestpath med always command is not enabled and distributed BGP is configured, speakers calculate partial best paths only (executes the best-path steps up to the MED comparison) and send them to BGP Routing Information Base (bRIB). bRIB calculates the final best path (executes all the steps in the best-path calculation). When the bgp bestpath med always command is enabled and distributed BGP is configured, speakers can compare the MED across all ASs, allowing the speaker to calculate a single best path to send it to bRIB. bRIB is the ultimate process that calculates the final best path, but when the bgp bestpath med always command is enabled, the speakers send a single best path instead of potentially sending multiple, partial best paths
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker in autonomous system 100 to compare MEDs among alternative paths, regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med always
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp bestpath med confed
|
Enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers.
|
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
|
Specifies that the software consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable path.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp bestpath med confed
To enable Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) comparison among paths learned from confederation peers, use the bgp bestpath med confed command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the software from considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath med confed
no bgp bestpath med confed
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The software does not compare the MED of paths containing only confederation segments, or paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET, with the MED of any other paths.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
By default, the MED of the following paths is not compared with the MED of any other path:
•
Paths with an empty autonomous system path
•
Paths beginning with an AS_SET
•
Paths containing only confederation segments
•
Paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
Use the bgp bestpath med confed command to affect how the following types of paths are treated in the BGP best-path algorithm:
•
Paths containing only confederation segments
•
Paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
The MED for paths that start with an AS_SEQUENCE or that start with confederation segments followed by an AS_SEQUENCE only is compared with the MED of other paths that share the same first autonomous system number in the autonomous system sequence (the neighbor autonomous system number). This behavior is not affected by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
As an example, suppose that autonomous systems 65000, 65001, 65002, and 65004 are part of a confederation, but autonomous system 1 is not. Suppose that for a particular route, the following paths exist:
•
Path 1: 65000 65004, med = 2, IGP metric = 20
•
Path 2: 65001 65004, med = 3, IGP metric = 10
•
Path 3: 65002 1, med = 1, IGP metric = 30
If the bgp bestpath med confed command is enabled, the software selects path 1 as the best path because it:
•
Has a lower MED than path 2
•
Has a lower IGP metric than path 3
The MED is not compared with path 3 because it has an external autonomous system number (that is, an AS_SEQUENCE) in the path. If the bgp bestpath med confed command is not enabled, then MED is not compared between any of these paths. Consequently, the software selects path 2 as the best path because it has the lowest IGP metric.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following command shows how to enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to compare MED values for paths learned from confederation peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med confed
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp bestpath med always
|
Enables MED comparison among paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
|
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
|
Specifies that the software consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable path.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
To have the software consider a missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable path, use the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
no bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The software assigns a value of 0 to the missing MED, causing the path with the missing MED attribute to be considered as the best possible MED.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to direct the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making this path the least desirable path:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp bestpath med always
|
Enables MED comparison among paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
|
bgp bestpath med confed
|
Enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp client-to-client reflection disable
To disable reflection of routes between route-reflection clients using a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector, use the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command in address family configuration mode. To re-enable client-to-client reflection, use the no form of this command.
bgp client-to-client reflection disable
no bgp client-to-client reflection disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Client-to-client reflection is enabled.
Command Modes
Address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was first introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
By default, the clients of a route reflector are not required to be fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other clients. However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required.
Examples
In this example, the three neighbors are fully meshed, so client-to-client reflection is disabled:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp client-to-client reflection disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group rrclients
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-reflector-client
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.253.21 use neighbor-group rrclients
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.253.22 use neighbor-group rrclients
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp cluster-id
|
Configures the cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector.
|
route-reflector-client
|
Configures the router as a BGP route reflector and configures the specified neighbor as its client.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp cluster-id
To configure the cluster ID if the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) cluster has more than one route reflector, use the bgp cluster-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the cluster ID, use the no form of this command.
bgp cluster-id cluster-id
no bgp cluster-id [cluster-id]
Syntax Description
cluster-id
|
Cluster ID of this router acting as a route reflector; maximum of 4 bytes. Cluster ID can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
|
Defaults
A cluster ID is not configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Together, a route reflector and its clients form a cluster. A cluster of clients usually has a single route reflector. In such instances, the cluster is identified by the software as the router ID of the route reflector. To increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure in the network, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. If it does, all route reflectors in the cluster must be configured with the same 4-byte cluster ID so that a route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors in the same cluster.
If the cluster has more than one route reflector, use the bgp cluster-id command to configure the cluster ID.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router as one of the route reflectors serving the cluster. It is configured with the cluster ID to identify the cluster.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp cluster-id 192.168.70.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.70.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-reflector-client
|
Configures the router as a BGP route reflector and configures the specified neighbor as its client.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp confederation identifier
To specify a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) confederation identifier, use the bgp confederation identifier command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the confederation identifier, use the no form of this command.
bgp confederation identifier as-number
no bgp confederation identifier [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
|
Autonomous system (AS) number that internally includes multiple autonomous systems. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
|
Defaults
No confederation identifier is configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
One way to reduce the internal BGP (iBGP) mesh is to divide an autonomous system into multiple autonomous systems and group them into a single confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself, and has a few connections to another autonomous system in the same confederation. Although the peers in different autonomous systems have external BGP (eBGP) sessions, they exchange routing information as if they are iBGP peers. Specifically, the confederation maintains the next-hop and local preference information, and that allows you to retain a single Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for all autonomous systems. To the outside world, the confederation looks like a single autonomous system.
Use the bgp confederation identifier command to specify the autonomous system number for the confederation. This autonomous system number is used when BGP sessions are established with external peers in autonomous systems that are not part of the confederation.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to divide the autonomous system into autonomous systems 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, and 4007 with the confederation identifier 5. Neighbor 10.2.3.4 is a router inside the confederation. Neighbor 172.20.16.6 is outside the routing domain confederation. To the outside world, there appears to be a single autonomous system with the number 5.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 4001
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation identifier 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4002
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4003
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4004
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4005
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4006
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4007
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 4002
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# neighbor 172.20.16.6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 4009
Related Commands
bgp confederation peers
To configure the autonomous systems that belong to the confederation, use the bgp confederation peers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the autonomous system from the confederation, use the no form of this command.
bgp confederation peers [as-number]
no bgp confederation peers [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
|
Autonomous system (AS) numbers for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers that belong to the confederation. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
|
Defaults
No BGP peers are identified as belonging to the confederation.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The bgp confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the autonomous systems belong.
To specify multiple autonomous systems, enter BGP confederation peer configuration mode then enter one autonomous-system-number for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows that autonomous systems 1090 and 1093 belong to a single confederation:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1090
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 1093
The following example shows that autonomous systems 1095, 1096, 1097, and 1098 belong to a single confederation:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1095
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1096
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1097
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1098
Related Commands
bgp dampening
To enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening or change various BGP route dampening factors, use the bgp dampening command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route dampening and reset default values, use the no form of this command.
bgp dampening [half-life [reuse suppress max-suppress-time] | route-policy route-policy-name]
no bgp dampening [half-life [reuse suppress max-suppress-time] | route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
half-life
|
(Optional) Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period (which is 15 minutes by default). Penalty reduction happens every 5 seconds. Range of the half-life period is from 1 to 45 minutes.
|
reuse
|
(Optional) Value for route reuse if the flapping route penalty decreases and falls below the reuse value. When this happens, the route is unsuppressed. The process of unsuppressing routes occurs at 10-second increments. Range is 1 to 20000.
|
suppress
|
(Optional) Maximum penalty value. Suppress a route when its penalty exceeds the value specified. When this happens, the route is suppressed. Range is 1 to 20000.
|
max-suppress-time
|
(Optional) Maximum time (in minutes) a route can be suppressed. Range is 1 to 255. If the half-life value is allowed to default, the maximum suppress time defaults to 60 minutes.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Specifies the route policy to use to set dampening parameters.
|
Defaults
Route dampening is disabled.
half-life: 15 minutes
reuse: 750
suppress: 2000
max-suppress-time: four times half-life value
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family
• VRF IPv4 address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family
• VRF IPv6 address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp dampening command without arguments to enable BGP route dampening with the default parameters. The parameters can be changed by setting them on the command line or specifying them with a routing policy.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the half-life value to 30 minutes, the reuse value to 1500, the suppress value to 10000, and the max-suppress-time to 120 minutes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 50
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp dampening 30 1500 10000 120
Related Commands
bgp default local-preference
To change the default local preference value, use the bgp default local-preference command in an appropriate configuration mode. To reset the local preference value to the default of 100, use the no form of this command.
bgp default local-preference value
no bgp default local-preference [value]
Syntax Description
value
|
Local preference value. Range is 0 to 4294967295. Higher values are preferable.
|
Defaults
Enabled with a value of 100.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Generally, the default value of 100 allows you to easily define a particular path as less preferable than paths with no local preference attribute. The preference is sent to all networking devices in the local autonomous system.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to raise the default local preference value from the default of 100 to 200:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp default local-preference 200
bgp enforce-first-as disable
To disable the software from enforcing the first autonomous system path (known as the AS path) of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, use the bgp enforce-first-as disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable enforcing the first AS path of a received route from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the no form of this command.
bgp enforce-first-as disable
no bgp enforce-first-as disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
By default, the software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system configured.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was first introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
By default, the software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers of the router.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are not checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the configured AS number for the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp enforce-first-as disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp fast-external-fallover disable
To disable immediately resetting the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) sessions of any directly adjacent external peers if the link used to reach them goes down, use the bgp fast-external-fallover disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function and perform an immediate reset of BGP sessions when a link between peers is lost, use the no form of this command.
bgp fast-external-fallover disable
no bgp fast-external-fallover disable
Syntax Description
disable
|
Disables BGP fast external failover.
|
Defaults
BGP sessions of any directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset if the link used to reach them goes down.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was first introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
By default, BGP sessions of any directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset, which allows the network to recover faster when links go down between BGP peers.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the automatic resetting of BGP sessions:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp fast-external-fallover disable
bgp graceful-restart
To enable graceful restart support, use the bgp graceful-restart command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
bgp graceful-restart
no bgp graceful-restart
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Graceful restart support is not enabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp graceful-restart command to enable graceful restart functionality on the router, and also to advertise graceful restart to neighboring routers.
Note
The bgp graceful-restart command with no options must be used to enable graceful restart before using the bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart restart-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, or bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset commands.
When graceful restart is enabled, the BGP graceful restart capability is negotiated with neighbors in the BGP OPEN message when the session is established. If the neighbor also advertises support for graceful restart, then graceful restart is activated for that neighbor session. If the neighbor does not advertise support for graceful restart, then graceful restart is not activated for that neighbor session even though it is enabled locally.
If you enter the bgp graceful-restart command after some BGP sessions are established, you must restart those sessions before graceful restart takes effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable graceful restart:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart
Related Commands
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
To invoke a graceful restart when configuration changes force a peer reset, use the bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
no bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Graceful restart is not invoked when a configuration change forces a peer reset.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before enabling graceful reset using the bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable graceful reset:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
Related Commands
bgp graceful-restart purge-time
To specify the maximum time before stale routes are purged from the routing information base (RIB) when the local BGP process restarts, use the bgp graceful-restart purge-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the purge timer time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp graceful-restart purge-time seconds
no bgp graceful-restart purge-time seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Maximum time before stale routes are purged. Time in seconds. Range is 0 to 6000.
|
Defaults
seconds: 600
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the purge time using the bgp graceful-restart purge-time command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to change the BGP purge time to 800 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart purge-time 800
Related Commands
bgp graceful-restart restart-time
To specify a user-predicted local BGP process maximum restart time, which is advertised to neighbors during session establishment, use the bgp graceful-restart restart-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set this restart time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp graceful-restart restart-time seconds
no bgp graceful-restart restart-time seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Maximum time advertised to neighbors. Time in seconds. Range is 1 to 4095.
|
Defaults
seconds: 120
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the restart timer using the bgp graceful-restart restart-time command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to change the BGP graceful restart time to 400 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart restart-time 400
Related Commands
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
To specify the maximum time to wait for an End-of-RIB message after a neighbor restarts, use the bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the stalepath timer time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time seconds
no bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Maximum wait time. Time in seconds. Range is 1 to 4095.
|
Defaults
seconds: 360
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the stalepath time using the bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time command.
If the stalepath time is exceeded before an End-of-RIB message is received from a neighbor, paths learned from the neighbor are purged from the BGP routing table.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to change the stalepath time to 750 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time 750
Related Commands
bgp log neighbor changes disable
To disable logging of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor resets, use the bgp log neighbor changes disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable logging of BGP neighbor resets, use the no form of this command.
bgp log neighbor changes disable
no bgp log neighbor changes disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
BGP neighbor changes are logged.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was first introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Logging of BGP neighbor status changes (up or down) and resets is used for troubleshooting network connectivity problems and measuring network stability. Unexpected neighbor resets might indicate high error rates or high packet loss in the network, and should be investigated.
Status change message logging does not substantially affect performance, unlike, for example, enabling per-BGP update debugging. If the UNIX syslog facility is enabled, messages are sent by the software to the UNIX host running the syslog daemon so that the messages can be stored and archived on disk. If the UNIX syslog facility is not enabled, the status change messages are kept in the internal buffer of the router, and are not stored to disk.
The neighbor status change messages are not tracked if the bgp log neighbor changes disabled command is disabled, except for the last reset reason, which is always available as output of the show bgp neighbors command.
Up and down messages for BGP neighbors are logged by the software by default. Use the bgp log neighbor changes disable command to stop logging BGP neighbor changes.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to prevent the logging of neighbor changes for BGP:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp log neighbor change disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
|
bgp maximum neighbor
To control the maximum number of neighbors that can be configured on the router, use the bgp maximum neighbor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the neighbor limit to the default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp maximum neighbor limit
no maximum neighbor [limit]
Syntax Description
limit
|
Maximum number of neighbors. Range is 1 to 15000.
|
Defaults
Default limit is 4000
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was first supported on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Any attempt to configure the neighbor limit below 1 or above 1500 fails. Similarly, attempting to configure the limit below the number of neighbors currently configured fails. For example, if there are 3250 neighbors configured, you cannot set the limit below 3250.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to change the default maximum neighbor limit and set it to 1200:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp maximum neighbor 1200
bgp redistribute-internal
To allow the redistribution of internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) routes into an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), such as Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the bgp redistribute-internal command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the redistribution of iBGP routes into IGPs, use the no form of this command.
bgp redistribute-internal
no bgp redistribute-internal
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
By default, iBGP routes are not redistributed into IGPs.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use of the bgp redistribute-internal command requires the clear route * command to be issued to reinstall all BGP routes into the IP routing table.
Note
Redistributing iBGP routes into IGPs may cause routing loops to form within an autonomous system. Use this command with caution.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to redistribute iBGP routes into OSPF:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp redistribute-internal
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf area1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-router)# redistribute bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-router)# end
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear route *
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear bgp *
|
Resets all BGP neighbors.
|
clear route *
|
Resets all routes.
|
bgp router-id
To configure a fixed router ID for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router, use the bgp router-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable a fixed router ID, use the no form of this command.
bgp router-id ip-address
no bgp router-id [ip-address]
Syntax Description
ip-address
|
IP Version 4 (IPv4) address to use as the router ID. Normally, this should be an IPv4 address assigned to the router.
|
Defaults
If no router ID is configured in BGP, BGP attempts to use the global router ID if one is configured and available. Otherwise, BGP uses the highest IP address configured on a loopback interface.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode. The interface-type interface-instance arguments were removed.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If you do not use the bgp router-id command to configure a router ID, an IP address is not configured on any loopback interface, and no global router ID is configured, BGP neighbors remain down.
For more details on router IDs, see Cisco IOX XR Routing Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router with the router ID of 192.168.70.24:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp router-id 192.168.70.24
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp scan-time
To configure scanning intervals of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking networking devices, use the bgp scan-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the scanning interval to its default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp scan-time seconds
no bgp scan-time [seconds]
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Scanning interval (in seconds) of BGP routing information. Range is 5 to 3600 seconds.
|
Defaults
The default scanning interval is 60 seconds.
Command Modes
Router configuration
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp scan-time command to change how frequently the software processes scanner tasks, such as conditional advertisement, dynamic MED changes, and periodic maintenance tasks.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the scanning interval for IPv4 unicast to 20 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 64500
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp scan-time 20
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
bgp update-delay
To set the maximum initial delay for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router to send the first updates, use the bgp update-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the initial delay to its default value, use the no form of this command.
bgp update-delay seconds [always]
no bgp update-delay [seconds] [always]
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Delay in seconds for the router to send the first updates. Range is 0 to 3600.
|
always
|
(Optional) Specifies that the router always wait for the update delay time, even if all neighbors have finished sending their initial updates sooner.
|
Defaults
120 seconds
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
When BGP is started, it waits a specified period of time for its neighbors to establish peering sessions and to complete sending their initial updates. After all neighbors complete their initial updates, or after the update delay timer expires, the best path is calculated for each route, and the software starts sending advertisements out to its peers. This behavior improves convergence time. If the software were to advertise a route as soon as it learned it, it would have to readvertise the route each time it learned a new path that was preferred over all previously learned paths.
Use the bgp update-delay command to tune the maximum time the software waits after the first neighbor is established until it starts calculating best paths and sending out advertisements.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum initial delay to 240 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 64530
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp update-delay 240
bgp write-limit
To modify the upper bounds on update message queue lengths or to enable desynchronization, use the bgp write-limit command in an appropriate configuration mode. To return the bounds to their default values and to disable desynchronization, use the no form of this command.
bgp write-limit group-limit global-limit [desynchronize]
no bgp write-limit [group-limit global-limit] [desynchronize]
Syntax Description
group-limit
|
Per-update group limit on the number of update messages the software queues. Range is 500 to 100000000. Group limit cannot be greater than the global limit.
|
global-limit
|
Global limit on the number of update messages the software queues. Range is 500 to 100000000.
|
desynchronize
|
(Optional) Enables desynchronization.
|
Defaults
group-limit: 50,000
global-limit: 250,000
Desynchronization is off.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The group-limit and global-limit default values have changed.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the bgp write-limit command to configure both a per-update group and a global limit on the number of messages the software queues when updating peers. Increasing these limits can result in faster Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence, but also may result in higher memory use during convergence. In addition, this command can be used to enable desynchronization. Desynchronization can decrease memory use and speed up convergence for the fastest neighbors if one or more neighbors in an update group process updates significantly slower than other neighbors in the same group. However, enabling desynchronization can cause a significant degradation in overall convergence time, especially if the router is experiencing high CPU utilization. For this reason, enabling desynchronization is discouraged.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP to operate with a per-update group limit of 9000 messages and a global limit of 27,000 messages:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp write-limit 9000 27000
capability orf prefix
To advertise prefix list-based Outbound Route Filter (ORF) capability to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer, use the capability orf prefix command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the capability orf prefix command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not advertise the capability, use the no form of this command.
capability orf prefix {receive | send | both | none}
no capability orf prefix [receive | send | both | none]
Syntax Description
receive
|
Sets the capability to receive the ORF from a specified neighbor.
|
send
|
Sets the capability to send the ORF to a specified neighbor.
|
both
|
Sets the capability to receive and send the ORF from or to a specified neighbor.
|
none
|
Sets the capability to no for ORF receive or send from or to a specified neighbor.
|
Defaults
The routing device does not receive or send route prefix filter lists.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor IPv4 address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was changed from capability orf prefix-list to capability orf prefix. This command was supported in VRF neighbor IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The advertisement of the prefix list ORF capability by a BGP speaker indicates whether the speaker can send prefix lists to the specified neighbor and whether it accepts prefix lists from the neighbor. The speaker sends a prefix list if it indicated the ability to send them, and if the neighbor indicated it was willing to accept them. Similarly, the neighbor sends a prefix list to the speaker if it indicated the ability to send them and the speaker indicated the willingness to accept them.
Note
The capability orf and prefix list filter specified by orf route-policy must be explicitly configured.
If the neighbor sends a prefix list and the speaker accepts it, the speaker applies the received prefix list, plus any locally configured outbound filters, to limit its outbound routing updates to the neighbor. Increased filtering prevents unwanted routing updates between neighbors and reduces resource requirements for routing update generation and processing.
Use the capability orf prefix command to set whether to advertise send and receive capabilities to the specified neighbor.
Note
Sending a receive capability can adversely affect performance, because updates sent to that neighbor cannot be replicated for any other neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the capability orf prefix command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config)# route-policy orfqq
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (10.0.0.0/8 ge 20) then
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# pass
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# endif
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (1910::16 ge 120) then
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# pass
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# endif
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-rpl)# end-policy
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config)# router bgp 65530
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-policy pass-all out
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp-nbr-af)# capability orf prefix both
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:(config-bgp-nbr-af)# orf route-policy orfqq
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP neighbors. Use the received prefix-filter keywords to display information on the prefix list filter.
|
capability suppress 4-byte-as
To suppress 4-byte AS capability from being advertised to the BGP peer, use the capability suppress 4-byte-as command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the capability suppress 4-byte-as command from the configuration and restore the system to the default condition, in which the software advertises the capability, either use the no form of this command or the command with disable option.
capability suppress 4-byte-as [disable]
no capability suppress 4-byte-as
Syntax Description
disable
|
Restores the software to its default condition wherein the 4-byte AS capability is advertised to the peer.
|
Defaults
4-byte-as capability is advertised to the BGP peer.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.1
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
By default, the software advertises the 4-byte AS capability to BGP peers. To override this default behavior, use the capability suppress 4-byte-as command under the command modes listed in the ''Command Modes'' section. If configured under the neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Use the no option to remove the command or use disable to advertise the 4-byte AS capability again.
Caution 
The BGP session resets automatically, if the 4-byte AS capability of an existing BGP session is changed by configuring
capability suppress 4-byte-as or
capability suppress 4-byte-as disable.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the capability suppress 4-byte-as command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3 conf
remote-as 65000 [n:internal]
update-source Loopback0 [n:internal]
address-family ipv4 unicast [n:internal]
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3
Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link
Remote router ID 10.3.3.3
BGP state = Established, up for 1w0d
Last read 00:00:17, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Route refresh: advertised and received
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Received 25962 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 25968 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Connections established 2; dropped 1
Last reset 1w0d, due to BGP Notification sent: hold time expired
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d
Error Code: hold time expired
Notification data sent: None
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config)# router bgp 65000
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp)# nei 10.3.3.3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# capability ?
suppress Suppress advertising capability to the peer
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress ?
4-byte-as 4-byte-as capability
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress 4-byte-as ?
disable Prevent capability suppress 4-type-as being inherited from the parent
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress 4-byte-as
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# commit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:Feb 18 10:58:49.344 : config[65724]: %MGBL-CONFIG-6-DB_COMMIT :
Configuration committed by user 'cisco'. Use 'show configuration commit changes
1000000026' to view the changes.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# DRP/0/1/CPU0:Feb 18 10:58:50.623 : bgp[119]:
%ROUTING-BGP-5-ADJCHANGE : neighbor 10.3.3.3 Down - Capabilty 4-byte-as configuration
changed
DRP/0/1/CPU0:Feb 18 10:59:17.394 : bgp[119]: %ROUTING-BGP-5-ADJCHANGE : neighbor 10.3.3.3
Up
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1(config-bgp-nbr)# end
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:Feb 18 10:59:29.196 : config[65724]: %MGBL-SYS-5-CONFIG_I : Configured from
console by cisco
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:P1# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3
Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link
Remote router ID 10.3.3.3
BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:16
Last read 00:00:11, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Route refresh: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Capability 4-byte-as suppress is configured
Received 25966 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 25972 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288
Threshold for warning message 75%
An EoR was received during read-only mode
Connections established 3; dropped 2
Last reset 00:00:43, due to Capabilty 4-byte-as configuration changed
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d
Error Code: hold time expired
Notification data sent: None
With the disable keyword:
RP/0/0/CPU0:csr2(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1
RP/0/0/CPU0:csr2(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress 4-byte-as disable
RP/0/0/CPU0:csr2# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1 config
address-family ipv4 unicast []
RP/0/0/CPU0:csr2# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1
Remote AS 1, local AS 100, external link
Last read 00:00:00, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Received 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
clear bgp
To reset a group of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the clear bgp command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt |
tunnel} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast}
| vpnv6 unicast]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast and labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address prefixes.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address prefixes.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as keyword has been added and the as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The following keywords were added:
• ipv4 multicast
• ipv4 all
• ipv6 all
• ipv6 unicast
• ipv6 multicast
• soft
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• tunnel
• mdt
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the clear bgp command to reset the sessions of the specified group of neighbors (hard reset); it removes the TCP connection to the neighbor, removes all routes received from the neighbor from the BGP table, and then re-establishes the session with the neighbor.
If the graceful keyword is specified, the routes from the neighbor are not removed from the BGP table immediately, but are marked as stale. After the session is re-established, any stale route that has not been received again from the neighbor is removed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to hard reset neighbor 10.0.0.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp 10.0.0.1
Related Commands
clear bgp current-mode
To switch from one BGP mode to another, use the clear bgp current-mode command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp current-mode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
Distributed BGP support is not available for Cisco IOS XR Release 3.5 features including: multicast distribution tree (MDT), VPNv6, IPv6 labeled-unicast, and tunnels.
Use the clear bgp current-mode command to switch from standalone to distributed mode, or from distributed to standalone mode. The show bgp process command indicates the current BGP mode.
Note
Switching from one mode to another causes all BGP sessions to go down.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows the show bgp process command output before and after switching from one BGP mode to another:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
IGP notification: IGPs notified
RIB has converged: version 0
Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 5 5 51 0 7 0 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# speaker-id 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# commit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp current-mode
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP is operating in DISTRIBUTED mode
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
IGP notification: IGPs not notified
RIB has not converged: version 0
Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 1 4 1 52 0 0 0 4
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 2 1 0 9 0 0 0 1
node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp process
|
Displays the current BGP process information.
|
clear bgp dampening
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening information and unsuppress the suppressed routes, use the clear bgp dampening command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf
{vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6 unicast} dampening
[ip-address/mask-length]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast and labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) IP address of the network about which to clear dampening information.
|
/mask-length
|
(Optional) Network mask applied to the IP address.
|
Defaults
If no IP address is specified, dampening information for all routes is cleared.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the route dampening information for all 172.20.0.0/16 IPv4 multicast paths:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening 172.20.0.0/16
Related Commands
clear bgp external
To clear all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) external peers, use the clear bgp external command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf
{vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6 unicast] external
[graceful]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
graceful
|
(Optional) Clears all external peers with a hard reset and a graceful restart. This option is available when an address family is not specified.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear all BGP external peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp external
clear bgp flap-statistics
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) flap counts for a specified group of routes, use the clear bgp flap-statistics command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf
{vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6 unicast}
flap-statistics [regexp regexp | route-policy route-policy-name | network/mask-length |
ip-address]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
regexp regexp
|
(Optional) Clears flap statistics for routes whose AS paths match the regular expression.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Clears flap statistics for the specific route policy.
|
network
|
(Optional) Network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
|
/mask-length
|
(Optional) Network mask of the network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) Neighbor address. Clears only flap statistics for routes received from this neighbor.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The filter-list access-list keyword and argument were changed to route-policy route-policy-name.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the flap count for all routes (in all address families) originating in autonomous system 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp all all flap-statistics regexp _1$
The following example shows how to clear the flap count for all IPv4 unicast routes received from neighbor 172.20.1.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics 172.20.1.1
clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics
To reset the number of received notifications and the cumulative processing time for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) next-hop, use the clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6
unicast} nexthop performance-statistics
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• tunnel
• mdt
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics command to reset the total number of notifications received from the Routing Information Base (RIB) and the cumulative next-hop processing time. The following information is cleared from the show bgp nexthops command output:
•
Total critical notifications received
•
Total noncritical notifications received
•
Best path deleted after last walk
•
Best path changed after last walk
•
Next-hop table total number of critical and noncritical notifications (Notf) and the time of the last notification received from the RIB (LastRIB) columns (only entries that have a status of unreachable [UR])
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear next-hop performance statistics:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp vrf vrf_A nexthop performance statistics
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp nexthops
|
Displays information about the BGP next-hop notifications.
|
clear bgp nexthop registration
To reregister a specified next-hop with the Routing Information Base (RIB), use the clear bgp nexthop registration command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6
unicast} nexthop registration nexthop-address
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
nexthop-address
|
Address of the next-hop.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• tunnel
• mdt
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the clear bgp nexthop registration command to perform an asynchronous registration of the next-hop with the RIB. The show bgp nexthops command output shows a critical notification as the LastRIBEvent for the next-hop when the clear bgp nexthop registration command is used.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to reregister the next-hop with the RIB:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp nexthop registration 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp nexthops
|
Displays information about the BGP next-hop notifications.
|
clear bgp peer-drops
To clear the connection-dropped counter, use the clear bgp peer-drops command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp peer-drops {* | ip-address}
Syntax Description
*
|
Specifies all BGP neighbors.
|
ip-address
|
IP address of a specific network neighbor.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the connection-dropped counter for all BGP neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp peer-drops *
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP connections to neighbors.
|
clear bgp performance-statistics
To clear the performance statistics for all address families, use the clear bgp performance-statistics command.
clear bgp [vrf {vrf-name | all}] performance-statistics
Syntax Description
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the performance statistics for all address families:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp performance-statistics
clear bgp self-originated
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes that are self-originated, use the clear bgp self-originated command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf
{vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6 unicast}
self-originated
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The vpnv4 unicast keywords were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Self-originated routes are routes locally originated by the network command, redistribute command, or aggregate-address command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear self-originated IPv4 routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast self-originated
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
aggregate-address
|
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
redistribute (BGP)
|
Redistributes routes from another routing protocol into BGP.
|
clear bgp shutdown
To clear all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors that shut down due to low memory, use the clear bgp shutdown command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf
{vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} | vpnv6 unicast} shutdown
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to clear all shut-down BGP neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp shutdown
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
|
clear bgp soft
To soft reset a group of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the clear bgp soft command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} | vpnv6
unicast} {* | ip-address | as as-number | external} soft [in [prefix-filter] | out]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
|
vrf-name
|
Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
*
|
Soft resets all BGP neighbors.
|
ip-address
|
IP address of the neighbor to be reset.
|
as as-number
|
Autonomous system (AS) number for all neighbors to be reset. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
|
external
|
Specifies clearing of all external peers.
|
in
|
(Optional) Triggers an inbound soft reset. If the in or out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound soft resets are triggered.
|
prefix-filter
|
(Optional) Specifies to send a new Outbound Route Filter (ORF) to the neighbor. Neighbor installs the new ORF and resends its routes.
|
out
|
(Optional) Triggers an outbound soft reset. If the in or out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound soft resets are triggered.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf
• vrf-name
• all
• ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• tunnel
• ipv6 unicast
• vpnv6 unicast
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the clear bgp soft command to trigger a soft reset of the specified address families for the specified group of neighbors. This command is useful if you change the inbound or outbound policy for the neighbors, or any other configuration that affects the sending or receiving of routing updates.
If an outbound soft reset is triggered, BGP resends all routes for the address family to the given neighbors.
If an inbound soft reset is triggered, BGP by default sends a REFRESH request to the neighbor, if the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability. To determine whether the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability, use the show bgp neighbors command, and look for the following line of output:
Received route refresh capability from peer.
If the neighbor does not support route refresh, but the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is configured for the neighbor, then BGP uses the routes cached as a result of the soft-reconfiguration inbound command to perform the soft reset.
If you want BGP to use the cached routes even if the neighbor supports route refresh, you can use the always keyword when configuring the soft-reconfiguration inbound command.
If the neighbor does not support route refresh and the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is not configured, then inbound soft reset is not possible. In this case, an error is printed.
Note
By default, if the configuration for an inbound or outbound route policy is changed, BGP performs an automatic soft reset. Use the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command to disable this behavior.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
execute
|
Examples
The following example shows how to trigger an inbound soft clear for IPv4 unicast routes received from neighbor 10.0.0.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast 10.0.0.1 soft in
Related Commands
default-information originate (BGP)
To allow origination of a default route to be redistributed into the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) from another protocol, use the default-information originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
default-information originate
no default-information originate
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
BGP does not permit redistribution of a default route into BGP.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the redistribute command to redistribute routes from another protocol into BGP. By default, if these routes include the default route (0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or ::/0 for IPv6), the default route is ignored. Use the default-information originate command to change this behavior so that the default route is not ignored and is redistributed into BGP along with the other routes for the protocol being redistributed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP to redistribute the default route into BGP:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 164
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# default-information originate
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redistribute (BGP)
|
Redistributes routes from another protocol into BGP.
|
default-metric (BGP)
To set default metric values for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the default-metric command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable metric values, use the no form of this command.
default-metric value
no default-metric [value]
Syntax Description
value
|
Default metric value appropriate for the specified routing protocol. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
|
Defaults
A metric is not sent.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the default-metric command to set the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) to advertise to peers for routes that do not already have a metric set (routes that were received with no MED attribute).
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the BGP default metric:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# default-metric 10
default-originate
To cause a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker (the local router) to send the default route 0.0.0.0/0 to a neighbor for use as a default route, use the default-originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
default-originate [disable | route-policy route-policy-name]
no default-originate [disable | route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Prevents the default-originate command characteristics from being inherited from a parent group.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Specifies the name of a route policy. The route policy allows route 0.0.0.0 to be injected conditionally. IPv6 address family is supported.
|
Defaults
The default route is not advertised to BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The default-originate command does not require the presence of the default route (0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or ::/0 for IPv6) in the local router. When the default-originate command is used with a route policy, the default route is advertised if any route in the BGP table matches the policy.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to unconditionally advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the neighbor 172.20.2.3:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.2.3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# default-originate
The following example shows how to advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the neighbor 172.20.2.3 only if a route exists in the BGP table that matches the route policy called default-default-policy:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.2.3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# default-originate route-policy
default-default-policy
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
default-information originate (BGP)
|
Allows the default route to be redistributed into BGP from another routing protocol.
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
description (BGP)
To annotate a neighbor, neighbor group, VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) neighbor, or session group, use the description command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the annotation, use the no form of this command.
description text
no description [text]
Syntax Description
text
|
Meaningful description or comment. Maximum of 80 characters.
|
Defaults
No comment or description exists.
Command Modes
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the description command to provide a description of a neighbor, neighbor group, VRF neighbor, or session group. The description is used to save user comments and does not affect software function.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description "Our best customer" on the neighbor 192.168.13.4:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.13.4
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# description Our best customer
distance bgp
To allow the use of external, internal, and local administrative distances that could be used to prefer one class of routes over another, use the distance bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the use of administrative distances, use the no form of this command.
distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance
no distance bgp [external-distance internal-distance local-distance ]
Syntax Description
external-distance
|
Administrative distance for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) external routes. External routes are routes for which the best path is learned from a neighbor external to the autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
|
internal-distance
|
Administrative distance for BGP internal routes. Internal routes are those routes that are learned from another BGP entity within the same autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
|
local-distance
|
Administrative distance for BGP local routes. The local-distance argument applies to locally generated aggregate routes (such as the routes generated by the aggregate-address command) and backdoor routes installed in the routing table. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
|
Defaults
external-distance: 20
internal-distance: 200
local-distance: 200
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the distance bgp command if another protocol is known to be able to provide a better route to a node than was actually learned using external BGP, or if some internal routes should be preferred by BGP.
Note
Changing the administrative distance of BGP internal routes is considered risky and is not recommended. One problem that can arise is the accumulation of routing table inconsistencies, which can interfere with routing.
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 1 to 255. In general, the higher the value, the lower the trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means the routing information source cannot be trusted at all and should be ignored.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows that iBGP routes are preferable to locally generated routes, so the administrative distance values are set accordingly:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# distance bgp 20 20 200
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
distance (IS-IS)
|
Defines the administrative distance assigned to routes discovered by the IS-IS protocol.
|
distance (OSPF)
|
Defines OSPF route administrative distances based on route type.
|
distributed speaker
To enable a distributed speaker process, use the distributed speaker command in router configuration mode. To remove the distributed speaker process, use the no form of this command.
distributed speaker id
no distributed speaker id
Syntax Description
id
|
ID of the distributed speaker process. Range is 1 to 15.
|
Defaults
Default is 0.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If BGP is currently running in standalone mode, you must enter the clear bgp current-mode command to switch from standalone or distributed mode.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable distributed speaker process 3:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 3
Related Commands
dmz-link-bandwidth
To originate a demilitarized zone (DMZ) link bandwidth extended community for the link to an eBGP neighbor, use the dmz-link-bw command in an appropriate configuration mode. To cease origination of the DMZ link bandwidth extended community, use the no form of this command.
dmz-link-bandwidth [disable]
no dmz-link-bandwidth [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Prevents the dmz-link-bandwidth command from being inherited from a parent group.
|
Defaults
BGP does not originate the DMZ link bandwidth extended community.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The dmzlink-bw command was replaced with the dmz-link-bandwidth command.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the dmz-link-bandwidth command to advertise the bandwidth of links that are used to exit an autonomous system.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to advertise the bandwidth of links to eBGP neighbors from router bgp 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 45.67.89.01
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# dmz-link-bandwidth
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
dscp (BGP)
To set the differentiated services code point (DSCP) value, use the dscp command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the dscp command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
dscp value
no dscp [value]
Syntax Description
value
|
Value of the DSCP. The DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63, or it can be one of the following keywords: default, ef, af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, or cs7.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the dscp command to change the minimum and maximum packet thresholds for the DSCP value.
Table 2 lists the DSCP default settings used by the dscp command. The DSCP value, corresponding minimum threshold, maximum threshold, and mark probability are listed. The last row of the table (the row labeled "default") shows the default settings used for any DSCP value not specifically shown in the table.
Table 2 dscp Default Settings
DSCP (Precedence)
|
Minimum Threshold
|
Maximum Threshold
|
Mark Probability
|
af11
|
32
|
40
|
1/10
|
af12
|
28
|
40
|
1/10
|
af13
|
24
|
40
|
1/10
|
af21
|
32
|
40
|
1/10
|
af22
|
28
|
40
|
1/10
|
af23
|
24
|
40
|
1/10
|
af31
|
32
|
40
|
1/10
|
af32
|
28
|
40
|
1/10
|
af33
|
24
|
40
|
1/10
|
af41
|
32
|
40
|
1/10
|
af42
|
28
|
40
|
1/10
|
af43
|
24
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs1
|
22
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs1
|
24
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs3
|
26
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs4
|
28
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs5
|
30
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs6
|
32
|
40
|
1/10
|
cs7
|
34
|
40
|
1/10
|
ef
|
36
|
40
|
1/10
|
default
|
20
|
40
|
1/10
|
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DSCP value to af32:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.1.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# dscp af32
ebgp-multihop
To accept and attempt Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections to external peers residing on networks that are not directly connected, use the ebgp-multihop command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable connections to external peers and allow only direct connections between neighbors, use the no form of this command.
ebgp-multihop [ttl-value]
no ebgp-multihop [ttl-value]
Syntax Description
ttl-value
|
(Optional) Time-to-live (TTL) value. Range is 1 to 255 hops.
|
Defaults
Default TTL value is 255.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the ebgp-multihop command to enable multihop peerings with external BGP neighbors. The BGP protocol states that external neighbors must be directly connected (one hop away). The software enforces this by default; however, the ebgp-multihop command can be used to override this behavior.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to allow a BGP connection to neighbor 172.20.16.6 of up to 255 hops away:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# ebgp-multihop
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
export route-policy
To configure an export route policy, use the export route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
export route-policy policy-name
no export route-policy [policy-name]
Syntax Description
policy-name
|
Name of the configured route policy.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in global VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the export route-policy command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to be tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
ip-services
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an export route policy:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# export route-policy policy-A
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
import route-policy
|
Specifies a route policy to import routes into the VRF instance.
|
export route-target
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) export route-target extended community, use the export route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
export route-target [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
no export route-target [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
|
(Optional) Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target extended community.
• as-number—Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
• nn—32-bit number
|
ip-address:nn
|
(Optional) IP address of the route-target extended community.
• ip-address—32-bit IP address
• nn—16-bit number
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Export route-target extended communities are associated with prefixes when advertised to remote provider edge (PE) routers. The remote PE routers import the route-target extended communities into a VRF instance that has the import route-targets that match the exported route-target extended communities.
To specify multiple route targets, enter export route target configuration mode then enter one route target for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
ip-services
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to specify an export route-target:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# export route-target 500:1
Related Commands
import route-policy
To configure an import route policy, use the import route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
import route-policy policy-name
no import route-policy [policy-name]
Syntax Description
policy-name
|
Name of the configured route policy.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in global VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the import route-policy command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to be imported into the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance if the routes are tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
ip-services
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to allow only policy-B to be imported to VRF:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# import route-policy policy-B
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
export route-policy
|
Specifies a route policy to export routes from the VRF instance.
|
import route-target
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) import route-target extended community, use the import route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
import route-target [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
no import route-target [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
|
(Optional) Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target extended community.
• as-number—Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
• nn—32-bit number
|
ip-address:nn
|
(Optional) IP address of the route-target extended community.
• ip-address—32-bit IP address
• nn—16-bit number
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the import route-target command to specify that prefixes associated with the configured import route-target extended communities are imported into the VRF instance.
To specify multiple route targets, enter import route target configuration mode, then enter one route target for each command line.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
ip-services
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to specify an import route-target:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# import route-target 500:99
Related Commands
keychain
To apply key chain-based authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the keychain command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable key chain authentication, use the no form of this command.
keychain name
no keychain [name]
Syntax Descriptionr
name
|
Key chain name configured using the keychain command. The name must be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters.
|
Defaults
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, key chain authentication is not enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Specify a key chain to enable key chain authentication between two BGP peers. Use the keychain command to implement hitless key rollover for authentication.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or a session group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use the key chain authentication configured in the keychain_A key chain:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# keychain keychain_A
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
keychain-disable
|
Overrides any inherited keychain configuration from a neighbor group or session group for BGP neighbors.
|
keychain-disable
To override any inherited key chain configuration from a neighbor group or session group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the keychain-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable overriding any inherited key chain command, use the no form of this command.
keychain-disable
no keychain-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Configured key chains for neighbor and session groups are inherited.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If you specify a key chain on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the key chain. Specifying a different keychain command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group overrides the inherited value. Specifying keychain-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables key chain authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable key chain authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing it from inheriting the key chain keychain_A from session group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# keychain keychain_A
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# keychain-disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
keychain
|
Enables key chain authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
|
label-allocation-mode
To set the MPLS/VPN label allocation mode, use the label-allocation-mode command in VRF configuration mode. To remove the label-allocation-mode command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
label-allocation-mode per-ce
no label-allocation-mode [per-ce]
Syntax Description
per-ce
|
Specifies that the same label is used for all the routes advertised from a unique customer edge (CE) peer or router.
|
Defaults
Per-prefix is the default label allocation mode.
Command Modes
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Each prefix that belongs to a VRF instance is advertised with a single label, causing an additional lookup to be performed in the VRF forwarding table to determine the customer edge (CE) next-hop for the packet. Use the label-allocation-mode command with the per-ce keyword to avoid the additional lookup on the PE router and conserve label space. This mode allows the PE router to allocate one label for every immediate next-hop. The label is directly mapped to the next-hop so there is no VRF route lookup performed during data forwarding. However, the number of labels allocated is one for each CE rather than one for each prefix.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the label allocation mode to customer edge:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# label-allocation-mode per-ce
local-as
To allow customization of the autonomous system number for external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbor peerings, use the local-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable customization of local autonomous system values for eBGP neighbor peerings, use the no form of this command.
local-as {as-number [no-prepend] | disable}
no local-as [as-number [no-prepend] | disable]
Syntax Description
as-number
|
Valid autonomous system number. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535. Cannot be the autonomous system number to which the neighbor belongs.
|
no-prepend
|
(Optional) Specifies that local autonomous system values are not prepended to announcements from the neighbor.
|
disable
|
Disables the functionality of the command.
|
Defaults
The BGP autonomous system number specified in the router bgp command is used, except when confederations are in use. The confederation autonomous system is used for external neighbors in an autonomous system that is not part of the confederation.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The no-prepend and disable keywords were added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
You can specify the autonomous system number the local BGP uses to peer with each neighbor. The autonomous system number specified with this command cannot be the local BGP autonomous system number (specified with the router bgp command) or the autonomous system number of the neighbor (specified with the remote-as command). This command cannot be specified for internal neighbors or for external neighbors in an autonomous system that is part of a confederation.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows BGP using autonomous system 30 for the purpose of peering with neighbor 172.20.1.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 300
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# local-as 30
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
maximum-paths (BGP)
To control the maximum number of parallel routes that Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) installs in the routing table, use the maximum-paths command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the maximum number of parallel routes the software installs to the default value, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp | eibgp} maximum [unequal-cost]
no maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp | eibgp} [maximum] [unequal-cost]
Syntax Description
ebgp
|
Specifies external BGP multipath peers.
|
ibgp
|
Specifies internal BGP multipath peers.
|
eibgp
|
Specifies internal and external BGP multipath peers. eiBGP allows simultaneous use of internal and external paths
|
maximum
|
Maximum number of parallel routes that BGP installs in the routing table. Range is 2 to 8
|
unequal-cost
|
(Optional) Allows iBGP multipaths to have different BGP next-hop Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metrics. This option is available when the ibgp keyword is used.
|
Defaults
One path is installed in the routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The ebgp and ibgp keywords were added and the maximum range was changed from 1-8 to 2-8.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode. The eibgp and unequal-cost keywords were added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the maximum-paths command to allow the BGP protocol to install multiple paths into the routing table for each prefix. Multiple paths are installed for external peers that are from the same autonomous system and are equal cost (according to the BGP best-path algorithm). Similarly, multiple paths are installed for internal peers that are equal cost based on the BGP best-path algorithm. The IGP metric to the BGP next-hop is the same as the best-path IGP metric unless the router is configured for unequal cost iBGP multipath or eiBGP multipath. See Implementing BGP on Cisco IOS XR Software in the Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for information on the BGP best-path algorithm.
Note
The maximum-paths command with the eibgp keyword cannot be configured if the ibgp or ebgp keywords have been configured, because the eibgp keyword is a superset of the ibgp or ebgp keywords.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to allow a maximum of four paths to a destination installed into the IPv4 unicast routing table:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# maximum-paths ebgp 4
maximum-prefix (BGP)
To control how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor, use the maximum-prefix command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the prefix limits to the default values, use the no form of this command.
maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only]
no maximum-prefix [maximum [threshold] [warning-only]]
Syntax Description
maximum
|
Maximum number of prefixes allowed from this neighbor. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
|
threshold
|
(Optional) Integer specifying at what percentage of the maximum argument value the software starts to generate a warning message. Range is 1 to 100.
|
warning-only
|
(Optional) Instructs the software to generate a log message only when the maximum argument value is exceeded, and not terminate the peering.
|
Defaults
When this command is not specified, the following defaults apply:
IPv4 unicast: 524,288 prefixes
IPv4 multicast: 131,072 prefixes
IPv4 tunnel: 524, 288
IPv6 unicast: 131,072 prefixes
IPv6 multicast: 131,072 prefixes
VPNv4 unicast: 524, 288
VPNv6 unicast: 524, 288
The default threshold when a warning message is generated is 75 percent.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv4 address family, VPNv4 neighbor address, and VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration modes.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
• IPv4 tunnel address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the maximum-prefix command to configure a maximum number of prefixes that a BGP router is allowed to receive from a neighbor. It adds another mechanism (besides routing policy) to control prefixes received from a peer.
When the number of received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, the software terminates the peering, by default, after sending a cease notification to the neighbor. However, if the warning-only keyword is configured, the software writes only a log message, but continues peering with the sender. If the peer is terminated, the peer stays down until the clear bgp command is issued.
This command takes effect immediately if configured on an established neighbor unless the number of prefixes received from the neighbor already exceeds the configured limits.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows the maximum number of IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast prefixes allowed from the neighbor at 192.168.40.24 set to 1000:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# maximum-prefix 1000
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
clear bgp
|
Resets a BGP connection using BGP hard or soft reconfiguration.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
mpls activate (BGP)
To enable Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) on an interface basis for ASBR and CSC configurations whenever a bgp confederation configuration is used, use the mpls activate command in bgp configuration mode. This is needed for InterAS (option B and C) and Carrier Supporting Carrier (CSC) configurations with confederations.
The normal InterAS and CSC configurations (without confederations) do not need to enable this.
To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
mpls activate interface id
no mpls activate interface id
Syntax Description
interface id
|
Name of the interface.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.6.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The mpls activate command enables MPLS on the interface specified and also adds the implicit null rewrite corresponding to the peer associated with the interface. The interface specified must be the one corresponding to the inter-AS ASBR or CSC peer.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to activate MPLS for InterAS Option B (with confederations):
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
bgp confederation identifier 4589
interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/0
address-family ipv4 unicast
address-family vpnv4 unicast
address-family ipv4 unicast
address-family vpnv4 unicast
The following example shows how to activate MPLS for CSC (with confederations):
bgp confederation identifier 4589
address-family ipv4 unicast
address-family vpnv4 unicast
interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2
address-family ipv4 unicast
address-family ipv4 unicast
address-family ipv4 labeled-unicast
!RP/0/5/CPU0:Durango#show mpls forwarding
Local Outgoing Prefix Outgoing Next-hop Bytes
Label Label or ID Interface
------ ----------- ------------------ ------------ ---------------
16000 Aggregate foo: Per-VRF Aggr[V] \
16001 Pop 10.0.0.0/16[V] Gi0/1/0/2 10.0.0.1 44
RP/0/5/CPU0:Durango#show mpls interfaces
Interface LDP Tunnel Enabled
-------------------------- -------- -------- --------
GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2 No No Yes
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
address-family (BGP)
|
Enters address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
neighbor (BGP)
To enter neighbor configuration mode for configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing sessions, use the neighbor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete all configuration for a neighbor and terminate peering sessions with the neighbor, use the no form of this command.
neighbor ip-address
no neighbor ip-address
Syntax Description
ip-address
|
IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor.
|
Defaults
Neighbor mode is not specified.
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
From router configuration mode, you can use this command to enter neighbor configuration mode.
From neighbor configuration mode, you can enter address family configuration for the neighbor by using the address-family command, which allows you to configure routing sessions for IP Version 4 and IP Version 6 address prefixes.
The neighbor command does not cause the neighbor to be configured and does not result in a peering to be established with the neighbor. To create the neighbor, you configure a remote autonomous system number by entering the remote-as command, or the neighbor can inherit a remote autonomous system from a neighbor group or session group if the use command is applied.
Note
A neighbor must have must a remote autonomous system number, and an IP address and address family must be enabled on the neighbor.
Unlike IPv4, IPv6 must be enabled before any IPv6 neighbors can be defined. Enable IPv6 in router configuration mode using the address-family command.
Note
Configuration for the neighbor cannot occur (peering is not established) until the neighbor is given a remote as-number and neighbor address.
The no form of this command causes the peering with the neighbor to be terminated and all configuration that relates to the neighbor to be removed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to place the router in neighbor configuration mode for BGP routing process 1 and configure the neighbor IP address 172.168.40.24 as a BGP peer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65000
The following example shows how to enable IPv6 for BGP, then place the router in neighbor configuration mode for an IPv6 neighbor, 3000::1, and configure neighbor 3000::1 as a BGP peer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv6 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 3000::1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2002
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv6 unicast
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
address-family (BGP)
|
Enters address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
remote-as (BGP)
|
Adds an entry to the BGP neighbor table.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
|
neighbor-group
To create a neighbor group and enter neighbor group configuration mode, use the neighbor-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a neighbor group and delete all configuration associated with the group, use the no form of this command.
neighbor-group name
no neighbor-group name
Syntax Description
name
|
Neighbor group name.
|
Defaults
No neighbor group mode is specified.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The neighbor-group command puts the router in neighbor group configuration mode and creates a neighbor group.
A neighbor group helps you apply the same configuration to one or more neighbors. After a neighbor group is configured, each neighbor can inherit the configuration through the use command. If a neighbor is configured to use a neighbor group, the neighbor, by default, inherits the entire configuration of the neighbor group, which includes the address family-independent and address family-specific configurations. The inherited configuration can be overridden if you directly configure commands for the neighbor or if you configure session groups or address family groups with the use command.
From neighbor group configuration mode, you can configure address family-independent parameters for the neighbor group. To enter address family-specific configuration for the neighbor group, use the address-family command when in the neighbor group configuration mode.
Note
If an address family is configured for a neighbor group, neighbors that use the neighbor group attempt to exchange routes in that address family.
The no form of this command ordinarily causes all configuration for the neighbor group to be removed. If using the no form would result in a neighbor losing its remote autonomous system number, the configuration is rejected. In this scenario, the neighbor configuration must be either removed or configured with a remote autonomous system number before the neighbor group configuration can be removed.
Note
Neighbor groups should not be configured with a mixture of IPv4 and IPv6 address families, because such a neighbor group is not usable by any neighbor. Note that within the Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture, it is possible to create such a neighbor group; however, any attempt to use it is rejected.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to create a neighbor group called group1 that has IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast and IPv4 multicast activated along with various configuration features. The neighbor group is used by neighbor 10.0.0.1 and neighbor 10.0.0.2, which allows them to inherit the entire group1 configuration.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 65535
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# advertisement-interval 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# send-community-ebgp
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# next-hop-self
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
address-family (BGP)
|
Enters various address family configuration modes for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
neighbor (BGP)
|
Enters neighbor configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family group.
|
network (BGP)
To specify that the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process should originate and advertise a locally known network to its neighbors, use the network command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable originating or advertising the network to neighbors, use the no form of this command.
network {ip-address/prefix-length | ip-address mask} [route-policy route-policy-name]
no network {ip-address/prefix-length | ip-address mask} [route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
ip-address
|
Network that BGP advertises.
|
/prefix-length
|
Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
|
ip-address mask
|
Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Specifies a route policy to use to modify the attributes of the network.
|
Defaults
No networks are specified.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
A network specified with this command is originated and advertised to neighbors only if there exists a route for the network in the routing table. That is, there must be a route learned using local or connected networks, static routing, or a dynamic IGP such as IS-IS or OSPF.
Other than the available system resources on the router, no limit exists on the number of network commands that can be configured.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router to originate the IPv4 unicast network 172.20.0.0/16:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 120
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# network 172.20.0.0/16
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
network backdoor
|
Specifies a backdoor route to a BGP border router that provides better information about the network.
|
redistribute (BGP)
|
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain.
|
network backdoor
To set the administrative distance on an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) route to that of a locally sourced BGP route, causing it to be less preferred than an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) route, use the network backdoor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable setting the administrative distance to the value for locally sourced BGP routes, use to no form of this command.
network {ip-address/prefix-length | ip-address mask} backdoor
no network {ip-address/prefix-length | ip-address mask} backdoor
Syntax Description
ip-address
|
Network that provides a backdoor route.
|
/prefix-length
|
Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
|
mask
|
Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
|
Defaults
No backdoor routes are installed.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Configuring the network backdoor command does not cause BGP to originate a network, even if an IGP route for the network exists. Ordinarily, the backdoor network would be learned through both an eBGP and IGP. The BGP best-path selection algorithm does not change when a network is configured as a backdoor network.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast network 192.168.40.0/24 configured as a backdoor network:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# network 192.168.40.0/24 backdoor
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
next-hop-self
To disable next-hop calculation and insert your own address in the next-hop field of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) updates, use the next-hop-self command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable next-hop calculation, use the no form of this command.
next-hop-self [disable]
no next-hop-self [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Allows a next-hop calculation override when this feature may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
|
Defaults
When this command is not specified, the software calculates the next-hop for BGP updates accepted by the router.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command is supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the next-hop-self command to set the BGP next-hop attribute of routes being advertised over a peering session to the local source address of the session.
This command is useful in nonmeshed networks in which BGP neighbors may not have direct access to all other neighbors on the same IP subnet.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a neighbor overrides any inherited value.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the next-hop of the update field for all IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes advertised to neighbor 172.20.1.1 to an address of the local router:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# next-hop-self
The following example shows how to disable the next-hop-self command for neighbor 172.20.1.1. If not overridden, the next-hop would be inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-self
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# next-hop-self disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
|
next-hop-unchanged
To disable overwriting of the next-hop before advertising to external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peers, use the next-hop-unchanged command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable overwriting of the next-hop, use the no form of this command.
next-hop-unchanged [disable]
no next-hop-unchanged [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Allows overwriting of the next-hop before advertising to eBGP peers when this feature may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
|
Defaults
Overwriting of the next-hop is allowed.
Command Modes
VPNv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the next-hop-unchanged command to propagate the next-hop unchanged for multihop eBGP peering sessions. This command should not be configured on a route reflector, and the next-hop-self command should not be used to modify the next-hop attribute for a route reflector when this feature is enabled for a route reflector client.
Note
Incorrectly setting BGP attributes for a route reflector can cause inconsistent routing, routing loops, or a loss of connectivity. Setting BGP attributes for a route reflector should be attempted only by an experienced network operator.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the overwriting of next-hops before advertising to eBGP peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family vpnv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-unchanged disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
next-hop-self
|
Disables next-hop calculation and allows you to insert your own address in the next-hop field of BGP updates.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
|
nexthop route-policy
To specify that BGP routes are resolved using only next-hops whose routes match specific characteristics, use the nexthop route-policy command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the nexthop route-policy command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default behavior, use the no form of this command.
nexthop route-policy route-policy-name
no nexthop route-policy route-policy-name
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
|
Route policy to use for filtering based on next-hops.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the nexthop route-policy command to configure route policy filtering using next-hops.
The BGP next-hop tracking feature allows you to specify that BGP routes are resolved using only next-hops whose routes have the following characteristics:
•
To avoid the aggregate routes, the prefix length must be greater than a specified value.
•
The source protocol must be from a selected list, ensuring that BGP routes are not used to resolve next-hops that could lead to oscillation.
This route policy filtering is possible because RIB identifies the source protocol of a route that resolves a next-hop as well as the mask length associated with the route.
The next-hop attach point supports matching using the protocol name and mask length. BGP marks all next-hops that are rejected by the route policy as invalid, and no best path is calculated for the routes that use the invalid next-hop. The invalid next-hops continue to stay in the active cache and can be displayed as part of the show bgp nexthop command with an invalid status.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the route policy nexthop_A as the policy to use for filtering next-hops:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# nexthop route-policy nexthop_A
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (RPL)
|
Defines a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
|
show bgp nexthops
|
Display statistical information about the BGP next-hops.
|
nexthop trigger-delay
To specify the delay for triggering next-hop calculations, use the nexthop trigger-delay command in the appropriate configuration mode. To set the trigger delay to the default value, use the no form of this command.
nexthop trigger-delay {critical delay | non-critical delay}
no nexthop trigger-delay {critical delay | non-critical delay}
Syntax Description
critical
|
Specifies critical next-hop events. For example, when the next-hop is unreachable.
|
delay
|
Trigger delay, in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
|
non-critical
|
Specifies noncritical next-hop events. For example, Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric changes.
|
Defaults
critical: 3000 msec
non-critical: 10000 msec
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was changed from bgp nexthop-trigger-delay to nexthop trigger-delay.
The supported command mode was changed from Router configuration to the following configuration modes:
• IPv4 address family configuration
• IPv6 address family configuration
• VPNv4 address family configuration
The critical and non-critical keywords have been added. The delay range has changed from 0 to 300 seconds to 0 to 4294967295 msec.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the nexthop trigger-delay command to allow for a dynamic way for Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) to converge. This convergence allows BGP to accumulate all notifications and trigger fewer walks, resulting in fewer interprocess communications (IPCs) to the Routing Information Base (RIB) for route addition, deletion, and modification and fewer updates to peers.
Note
A high delay value can be configured to effectively turn off next-hop tracking.
The non-critical delay value must always be set to at least equal or greater than the critical delay value.
The delay should be slightly higher than the time it takes for the IGP to settle into a steady state after some event (IGP convergence time).
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the critical next-hop trigger delay to 3500 milliseconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# nexthop trigger-delay critical 3500
orf
To specify Outbound Route Filter (ORF) and inbound filtering criteria, use the orf route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
orf route-policy route-policy-name
no orf route-policy route-policy-name
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
|
Name of the route policy.
|
Defaults
No ORF route policy is defined.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure outbound and inbound filtering criteria:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# orf route-policy policy_A
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
password (BGP)
To enable Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the password command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable MD5 authentication, use the no form of this command.
password {clear | encrypted} password
no password [clear password | encrypted password]
Syntax Descriptionr
clear
|
Specifies that an unencrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive, clear-text unencrypted password.
|
encrypted
|
Specifies that an encrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive, encrypted password.
|
password
|
Password of up to 80 characters. The password can contain any alphanumeric characters. However, if the first character is a number or the password contains a space, the password must be enclosed in double quotation marks; for example, "2 password."
|
Defaults
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, MD5 authentication is not enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The 0 and 7 keywords were replaced with the clear and encrypted keywords and the accept keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Configure a password to enable authentication between two BGP peers. Use the password command to verify each segment sent on the TCP connection between the peers. The same password must be configured on both networking devices, otherwise a connection cannot be made. The authentication feature uses the MD5 algorithm. Specifying this command causes the software to generate and check the MD5 digest on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
Configuring a neighbor password does not cause the existing session for a neighbor to end. However, until the new password is configured on the remote router, the local BGP process does not receive keepalive messages from the remote device. If the password is not updated on the remote device by the end of the hold time, the session ends. The hold time can be changed using the timers command or the timers bgp command.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use MD5 authentication with the password password1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# password clear password1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
password-disable
|
Overrides any inherited password configuration from a neighbor group or session group for BGP neighbors.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
timers (BGP)
|
Set the timers for a specific BGP neighbor.
|
password-disable
To override any inherited password configuration from a neighbor group or session group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the password-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable overriding any inherited password command, use the no form of this command.
password-disable
no password-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Configured passwords for neighbor and session groups are inherited.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
If you specify a password on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the password. Specifying a different password command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group overrides the inherited value. Specifying password-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables password authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable MD5 authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing it from inheriting the password password1 from session group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# password clear password1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# password-disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
password (BGP)
|
Enables MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family group.
|
precedence
To set the precedence level, use the precedence command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the precedence command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
precedence value
no precedence [value]
Syntax Description
value
|
Value of the precedence. The precedence value can be a number from 0 to 7, or it can be one of the following keywords:
• critical—Set packets with critical precedence (5)
• flash— Set packets with flash precedence (3)
• flash-override—Set packets with flash override precedence (4)
• immediate—Set packets with immediate precedence (2)
• internet—Set packets with internetwork control precedence (6)
• network—Set packets with network control precedence (7)
• priority—Set packets with priority precedence (1)
• routine—Set packets with routine precedence (0)
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the precedence command to set the precedence value.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the precedence to 2:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 5
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.1.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# precedence 2
rd
To configure a route distinguisher, use the rd command in VRF configuration mode. To disable the route distinguisher, use the no form of this command.
rd {as-number:nn | ip-address:nn | auto}
no rd [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn | auto]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
|
Autonomous system (AS) number of the route distinguisher.
• as-number—16-bit AS number
Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
• nn—32-bit number
|
ip-address:nn
|
IP address of the route distinguisher.
• ip-address—32-bit IP address
• nn—16-bit number
|
auto
|
Automatically assigns a unique route distinguisher.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the rd command to make the prefix unique across multiple VRFs.
Auto assignment of route distinguishers can be done only if a router ID is assigned using the bgp router-id command in BGP router configuration mode. The unique router ID is used for automatic route distinguisher generation.
The following are restrictions when configuring route distinguishers:
•
BGP router-id must be configured before rd auto can be configured
•
Route distinguisher cannot be changed or removed when an IPv4 unicast address family is configured under VRF.
•
BGP router-id cannot be changed or removed when rd auto is configured under a VRF.
•
When rd auto is configured under a VRF, the IP address for the router distinguisher configured under another VRF must be different from that of the BGP router-id
•
If a route distinguisher with same IP address as BGP router-id exists, the rd auto is not permitted.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to automatically assign a unique route distinguisher to VRF instance vrf-1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# rd auto
Related Commands
receive-buffer-size
To set the size of the receive buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the receive-buffer-size command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software uses the default size, use the no form of this command.
receive-buffer-size socket-size [bgp-size]
no receive-buffer-size [socket-size] [bgp-size]
Syntax Description
socket-size
|
Size, in bytes, of the receive-side socket buffer. Range is 512 to 131072.
|
bgp-size
|
(Optional) Size, in bytes, of the receive buffer in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
|
Defaults
socket-size: 32,768 bytes
bgp-size: 4,032 bytes
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the receive-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because it allows the software to process a larger number of packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers consumes more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be 65,536 bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# receive-buffer-size 65536 8192
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
send-buffer-size
|
Sets the size of the send buffers for a BGP neighbor.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
socket receive-buffer-size
|
Sets the size of the receive buffers for all BGP neighbors.
|
redistribute (BGP)
To redistribute routes from one routing domain into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the redistribute command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route redistribution, use the no form of this command.
Connected
redistribute connected [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
no redistribute connected [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
redistribute eigrp process-id [match {external | internal}] [metric metric-value] [route-policy
route-policy-name]
no redistribute eigrp process-id [match {external | internal}] [metric metric-value]
[route-policy route-policy-name]
Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS)
redistribute isis process-id [level {1 | 1-inter-area | 2}] [metric metric-value] [route-policy
route-policy-name]
no redistribute isis process-id [level {1 | 1-inter-area | 2}] [metric metric-value] [route-policy
route-policy-name]
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
redistribute ospf process-id [match {external [1 | 2] | internal | nssa-external [1 | 2]]} [metric
metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
no redistribute ospf process-id [match {external [1 | 2] | internal | nssa-external [1 | 2]]} [metric
metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
OSPFv3
redistribute ospfv3 process-id [match {external [1 | 2] | internal | nssa-external [1 | 2]]} [metric
metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
no redistribute ospfv3 process-id [match {external [1 | 2] | internal | nssa-external [1 | 2]]}
[metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
Routing Information Protocol
redistribute rip [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
no redistribute rip [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
Static
redistribute static [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
no redistribute static [metric metric-value] [route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
connected
|
Redistributes connected routes. Connected routes are established automatically when IP is enabled on an interface.
|
metric metric-value
|
(Optional) Specifies the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute used for the redistributed route. Range is 0 to 4294967295. Use a value consistent with the destination protocol.
By default, the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric is assigned to the route. For connected and static routes the default metric is 0.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Specifies a configured routing policy to filter redistributed routes. A route policy is used to filter the importation of routes from this source routing protocol to BGP.
|
eigrp
|
Specifies that routes are distributed from EIGRP. You must be in IPv4 unicast or multicast address family configuration mode or in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
process-id
|
For the eigrp keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed.
For the isis keyword, an IS-IS instance name from which routes are to be redistributed.
For the ospf keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed.
The process-id value takes the form of a string. A decimal number can be entered, but it is stored internally as a string.
|
match {internal | external [1 | 2] | nssa-external [1 | 2]}
|
(Optional) Specifies the criteria by which OSPF routes are redistributed into other routing domains. It can be one or more of the following:
• internal—Routes that are internal to a specific autonomous system (intra- and inter-area OSPF routes).
• external [1 | 2]—Routes that are external to the autonomous system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 or Type 2 external routes.
• nssa-external [1 | 2]—Routes that are external to the autonomous system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 1 or Type 2 not-so-stubby area (NSSA) external routes.
For the external and nssa-external options, if a type is not specified, then both Type 1 and Type 2 are assumed.
|
isis
|
Specifies that routes are distributed from the IS-IS protocol.
Redistribution from IS-IS is allowed under IPv4 unicast, IPv4 multicast, IPv6 unicast, and IPv6 multicast address-families. Redistribution is not allowed under VPNv4 and VPNv6 address-families.
|
level {1 | 1-inter-area | 2}
|
(Optional) Specifies the IS-IS level from which routes are redistributed. It can be one of the following:
• 1—Routes are redistributed from Level 1 routes.
• 1-inter-area—Routes are redistributed from Level 1 interarea routes.
• 2—Routes are redistributed from Level 2 routes.
|
ospf
|
Specifies that routes are distributed from the OSPF protocol. You must be in IPv4 unicast or multicast address family configuration mode or in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
ospfv3
|
Specifies that routes are distributed from the OSPFv3 protocol. You must be in IPv6 unicast or multicast address family configuration mode or in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
rip
|
Specifies that routes are distributed from RIP. You must be in IPv4 unicast or multicast address family configuration mode.
|
static
|
Redistributes IP static routes.
|
Defaults
Route redistribution is disabled.
For IS-IS, the default is to redistribute Level 1 and Level 2 routes.
For OSPF, the default is to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type 1 and Type 2.
For OSPFv3, the default is to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type 1 and Type 2
By default, the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric is assigned to the route. For connected and static routes the default metric is 0.
metric metric-value: 0
match {internal | external [1 | 2] | nssa-external [1 | 2]}: If no match is specified, the default is to match all routes.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp, isis, ospf, rip, and static are supported)
IPv6 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp, isis, ospfv3, and static are supported)
VRF IPv4 address family configuration (connected, eigrp, ospf, rip, and static are supported)
VRF IPv6 address family configuration (connected, eigrp, and static are supported)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy. The 1-inter-area and opsfv3 keywords were added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The eigrp and rip keywords were added. This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
When redistributing routes (into BGP) using both command keywords for setting or matching of attributes and a route policy, the routes are run through the route policy first, followed by the keyword matching and setting.
Each instance of a protocol may be redistributed independently of the others. Changing or removing redistribution for a particular instance does not affect the redistribution capability of other protocols or other instances of the same protocol.
Networks specified using the network command are not affected by the redistribute command; that is, the routing policy specified in the network command takes precedence over the policy specified through the redistribute command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to redistribute IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast OSPF routes from OSPF instance 110 into BGP:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# redistribute ospf 110
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
remote-as (BGP)
To create a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor and begin the exchange of routing information, use the remote-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete the entry for the BGP neighbor, use the no form of this command.
remote-as as-number
no remote-as [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
|
Autonomous system (AS) to which the neighbor belongs. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
|
Defaults
No BGP neighbors exist.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the remote-as command to create a neighbor and assign it a remote autonomous system number. A neighbor must have a remote autonomous system number before any other commands can be configured for it. Removing the remote autonomous system from a neighbor causes the neighbor to be deleted. You cannot remove the autonomous system number if the neighbor has other configuration.
Note
We recommend that you use the no neighbor command rather than the no remote-as command to delete a neighbor.
A neighbor specified with a remote autonomous system number that matches the autonomous system number specified in the router bgp command identifies the neighbor as internal to the local autonomous system. Otherwise, the neighbor is considered external.
Configuration of the remote-as command for a neighbor group or session group using the neighbor-group command or session-group command causes all neighbors using the group to inherit the characteristics configured with the command. Configuring the command directly for the neighbor overrides the value inherited from the group.
In the neighbor configuration submode, configuring use of a session group or neighbor group for which remote-as is configured creates a neighbor and assigns it an autonomous system number if the neighbor has not already been created.
Note
Do not combine remote-as commands and no use neighbor-group commands, or remote-as commands and no use session-group commands, in the same configuration commit.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to assign autonomous system numbers on two neighbors, neighbor 10.0.0.1, (internal) and neighbor 192.168.0.1 (external), setting up a peering session that shares routing information between this router and each of these neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2
The following example shows how to configure a session group called group2 with an autonomous system number 1. Neighbor 10.0.0.1 is created when it inherits the autonomous system number 1 from session group group2.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group2
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor (BGP)
|
Enters neighbor configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
router bgp
|
Configures the BGP routing process.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
use
|
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
|
remove-private-as
To remove private autonomous system numbers from autonomous system paths when generating updates to external neighbors, use the remove-private-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To place the router in the default state in which it does not remove private autonomous system numbers, use the no form of this command.
remove-private-as [disable]
no remove-private-as [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Permits the feature to be disabled from a neighbor group or address family group instead of being inherited.
|
Defaults
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, private autonomous system numbers are not removed from updates sent to external neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family group
• VRF IPv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
This feature is available for external BGP (eBGP) neighbors only.
When an update is passed to the external neighbor, the software drops any leading autonomous system sequence in the autonomous system path if the sequence contains only private autonomous system numbers and does not contain the autonomous system number of the neighbor.
If this command is used in a BGP confederation, the element following the confederation portion of the autonomous system path, if a sequence, is considered the leading sequence.
The private autonomous system values range from 64512 to 65535.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows a configuration that removes the private autonomous system number from the IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast updates sent to 172.20.1.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# remote-private-as
The following example shows how to disable the remove private autonomous system number feature for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# remove-private-as
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr# remote-private-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# remove-private-as disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
remote-as (BGP)
|
Allows entries to the BGP neighbor table.
|
retain route-target
To accept received updates with specified route targets, use the retain route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the retaining of routes tagged with specified route targets, use the no form of this command.
retain route-target {all | route-policy route-policy-name}
no retain route-target [all | route-policy route-policy-name]
Syntax Description
all
|
Accepts received updates containing at least one route target.
|
route-policy router-policy-name
|
Accepts received updates accepted by a specified route filter policy.
|
Defaults
The default is to accept all route targets.
Command Modes
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the retain route-target command to configure a route reflector (RR) to retain routes tagged with specific route targets (RT).
A provider edge (PE) router is not required to hold all VPNv4 routes. The PE router holds only routes that match the import RT of the VPNs configured on it, but a RR must retain all VPNv4 routes because it may peer with PE routers and different PEs may require different RT-tagged VPNv4 routes. Configuring an RR to hold only routes that have a defined set of RT communities and configuring some of these RRs to service a different set of VPNs provides scalability to the RRs. A PE can be configured to peer with all RRs that service the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instances configured on the PE. When a new VRF is configured with an RT for which the PE does not already hold routes, the PE issues route refresh requests to the RRs and gets the relevant VPN routes.
The route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument takes the policy name that lists the extended communities that a path should have for the RR to retain the path.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure RR to retain all routes with the route filter policy ft-policy-A:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family vpnv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# retain route-target route-filter ft-policy-A
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
import route-target
|
Configures a VRF import route-target extended community.
|
route-policy (BGP)
To apply a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable applying routing policy to updates, use the no form of this command.
route-policy route-policy-name [parameter1, parameter2, . . . , parametern] {in | out}
no route-policy route-policy-name [parameter1, parameter2, . . . , parametern] {in | out}
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
|
Name of route policy. Up to 16 parameters can follow the route-policy-name, enclosed in brackets ([ ]).
|
in
|
Applies policy to inbound routes.
|
out
|
Applies policy to outbound routes.
|
Defaults
No policy is applied.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The policy keyword was changed to route-policy.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
Up to 16 parameters were supported following the route-policy-name.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the route-policy command to specify a routing policy for an inbound or outbound route. The policy can be used to filter routes or modify route attributes. The route-policy command is used to define a policy.
Note
Configuring a large number of uniquely named outbound neighbor policies can adversely affect performance. This is true even if the uniquely named route policies are functionally identical. The user is discouraged from configuring multiple functionally identical route policies for use with this command. For example, if Policy A and Policy B are identical but named for different neighbors, the two policies should be configured as a single policy.
If the route-policy command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the In-Ipv4 policy to inbound IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes from neighbor 172.20.1.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-policy In-Ipv4 in
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
route-policy (RPL)
|
Defines a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
|
route-reflector-client
To configure the router as a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector and configure the specified neighbor as its client, use the route-reflector-client command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable configuring the neighbor as a client, use the no form of this command.
route-reflector-client [disable]
no route-reflector-client [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Allows the configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
|
Defaults
The neighbor is not treated as a route reflector client.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
This command is restricted to internal BGP (iBGP) neighbors only.
Use the route-reflector-client command to configure the local router as the route reflector and the specified neighbor as one of its clients. All neighbors configured with this command are members of the client group, and the remaining iBGP peers are members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.
By default, all iBGP speakers in an autonomous system must be fully meshed with each other, and neighbors do not readvertise iBGP learned routes to other iBGP neighbors.
With route reflection, all iBGP speakers need not be fully meshed. An iBGP speaker, the route reflector, passes learned iBGP routes to some number of iBGP client neighbors. Learned iBGP routes eliminate the need for each router running BGP to communicate with every other device running BGP in the autonomous system.
The local router is a route reflector as long as it has at least one route reflector client.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows neighbor at 172.20.1.1 configured as a route reflector client for IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client
The following example disables the route-reflector client for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# route-reflector-client
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
bgp cluster-id
|
Configures the cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
router bgp
To configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process, use the router bgp command in global configuration mode. To remove all BGP configurations and terminate the BGP routing process, use the no form of this command.
router bgp as-number
no router bgp [as-number]
Syntax Description
as-number
|
Number that identifies the autonomous system (AS) in which the router resides. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
|
Defaults
No BGP routing process is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the router bgp command to set up a distributed routing core that automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between autonomous systems.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
rib
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a BGP process for autonomous system 120:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 120
send-buffer-size
To set the size of the send buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the send buffers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
send-buffer-size socket-size [bgp-size]
no send-buffer-size [socket-size] [bgp-size]
Syntax Description
socket-size
|
Size, in bytes, of the send-side socket buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
|
bgp-size
|
(Optional) Size, in bytes, of the BGP process send buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
|
Defaults
socket-size: 10240 bytes
bgp-size: 4096 bytes
Use the socket send-buffer-size command to change the defaults.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the send-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size employed when sending updates to a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses more memory indefinitely.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be 8192 bytes for both the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# send-buffer-size 8192 8192
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
receive-buffer-size
|
Sets the size of the receive buffers for a BGP neighbor.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
socket send-buffer-size
|
Sets the size of the send buffers for all BGP neighbors.
|
send-community-ebgp
To specify that community attributes should be sent to an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbor, use the send-community-ebgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable sending community attributes to an eBGP neighbor, use the no form of this command.
send-community-ebgp [disable]
no send-community-ebgp [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Allows configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
|
Defaults
Community attributes are not sent to eBGP neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the send-community-ebgp command to control whether community attributes are sent to eBGP neighbors. It cannot be configured for iBGP neighbors. Communities are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the router that sends community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-community-ebgp
The following example shows how to disable the delivery of community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# send-community-ebgp
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-community-ebgp disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
send-extended-community-ebgp
|
Specifies that extended community attributes are sent to eBGP neighbors.
|
send-extended-community-ebgp
To specify that extended community attributes should be sent to external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbors, use the send-extended-community-ebgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable sending extended community attributes to eBGP neighbors, use the no form of this command.
send-extended-community-ebgp [disable]
no send-extended-community-ebgp [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Allows configurations inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
|
Defaults
Extended community attributes are not sent to an eBGP neighbor.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the send-extended-community-ebgp command to control whether extended community attributes are sent to eBGP neighbors. It cannot be used for iBGP neighbors. Extended communities are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the router to send extended community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-extended-community-ebgp
The following example shows how to disable the delivery of extended community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# send-extended-community-ebgp
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-extended-community-ebgp disable
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
send-community-ebgp
|
Specifies that community attributes should be sent to an eBGP neighbor.
|
session-group
To create a session group and enter session group configuration mode, use the session-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a session group and delete all configurations associated with it, use the no form of this command.
session-group name
no session-group name
Syntax Description
name
|
Name of the session group.
|
Defaults
No session groups are created.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the session-group command to create a session group from which neighbors can inherit configuration that is address family-independent. That is, session groups cannot have address family-specific configuration. This command enters the session group configuration mode in which configuration for a session group is entered.
Many commands can be configured in both session group configuration mode and neighbor configuration mode.
Use of session groups saves time and reduces the router configuration size. Because the configuration of a session group can be inherited by any number of neighbors, use of the group can eliminate the need to copy long or complex configurations on each of a large number of neighbors. A neighbor can inherit all configuration from a session group simply by configuring the use command. Specific inherited session group configuration commands can be overridden for a specific neighbor by explicitly configuring the command for the specific neighbor.
The no form of this command causes all of the configuration for the session group to be removed. You cannot use the no form of this command if removing the group would leave one or more neighbors without a configured remote autonomous system number.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows a session group called group1 that is used by two neighbors, 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only address family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by neighbors 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
The following example shows a session group called group1 used by two neighbors, 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only address family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by neighbors 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group. However, the password password1 configuration from group1 is overridden for neighbor 10.0.0.2, using the password-disable command in the neighbor 10.0.0.2 configuration submode.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# password password1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# password-disable
session-open-mode
To establish a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session with a specific TCP open mode, use the session-open-mode command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the default state, use the no form of this command.
session-open-mode {active-only | both | passive-only}
no session-open-mode [active-only | both | passive-only]
Syntax Description
active-only
|
Ensures that the BGP session can be established only when the request is initiated by the local end (active-open request) and all passive-open requests (from the other end) are rejected by the local BGP.
|
both
|
Allows BGP sessions to be established from both incoming or outgoing TCP connection requests, with one being rejected in the event of a request collision.
|
passive-only
|
Ensures that the local BGP does not initiate any TCP open requests and the session can be established only when the request comes from the remote end.
|
Defaults
The default is both.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
BGP, by default, tries to initiate an active TCP connection whenever a new neighbor is configured. A remote neighbor may also initiate the TCP connection before the local BGP can initiate the connection. This initiation of a TCP connection by a remote neighbor is considered a passive-open request and it is accepted by the local BGP. This default behavior can be modified using the session-open-mode command.

Note
The BGP connection is not opened and, as a result the BGP session, is not established if both the peering neighbors use the same nondefault TCP session open mode—active-only or passive-only. If both ends are configured with active-only, each neighbor rejects the TCP open request from the other end. One neighbor must be configured as passive-only or both. Similarly, if both neighbors are configured with passive-only, neither neighbor initiates the TCP open request and the BGP session is not established. Again, one neighbor must be configured as active-only or both. There is one exception. A connection open request from a neighbor that is configured with the TCP session open mode to be passive-only is processed to detect whether there is a connection collision before the request is rejected. This exception enables the local BGP to reset the session if the remote neighbor goes down and it is not detected by the local router.
Use the session-open-mode command when it may be necessary to preconfigure a neighbor that does not exist. Ensure that BGP does not spend any time actively trying to set up a TCP session with the neighbor. A BGP session does not come up between two neighbors, both of which configure the same non default value (active-only or passive-only keyword) for this command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable a BGP session on router bgp 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 45.67.89.01
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# session-open-mode active-only
show bgp
To display entries in the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the show bgp command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] [ip-address [{mask | /prefix-length} [longer-prefixes
| unknown-attributes | bestpath-compare]]]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) Network address, entered to display a particular network in the BGP routing table. If the network address is omitted, then all networks in the BGP routing table are displayed. If the network mask and prefix length is omitted, then the software displays the longest matching prefix for the network address.
|
mask
|
(Optional) Network mask of the BGP route to match.
|
/prefix-length
|
(Optional) Prefix length of the BGP route to match. A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
|
longer-prefixes
|
(Optional) Displays a route with the specified prefix length and more-specific routes if available. The longer-prefixes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
|
unknown-attributes
|
(Optional) Includes unknown, transitive attributes. The unknown-attributes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
|
bestpath-compare
|
(Optional) Displays route and best-path comparison information. The bestpath-compare keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The bestpath-compare keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The vrf {vrf-name | all}, labeled-unicast, and vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the sessions and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for an address family or a subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp ip-address {mask | /prefix-length} command to display detailed information for a specific route. If the mask and prefix length are omitted, the details of the longest matching prefix for the IP address are displayed.
Use the show bgp command to display all routes in the specified BGP routing table. Use the show bgp ip-address {mask | /prefix-length} longer-prefixes command to display those routes more specific than a particular prefix.
Use the unknown-attributes keyword to display details of any transitive attributes associated with a route that are not understood by the local system.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 3
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* i10.3.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 1239 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 1239 ?
* i10.6.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 568 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 568 ?
* i10.7.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 701 35 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 701 35 ?
* 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 35 ?
* i10.8.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 560 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 560 ?
* 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 560 ?
* i10.13.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 200 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 200 ?
* 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
* i10.15.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 174 ?
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 174 ?
* i10.16.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 701 i
*>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 701 i
* 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
Processed 8 prefixes, 8 paths
Table 3 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3 show bgp Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
|
BGP table state
|
State of the BGP database.
|
Table ID
|
BGP database identifier.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the specified address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the path origin code.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp command with the network specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp 11.0.0.0/24
BGP router table entry for 11.0.0.0/24
Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer
Paths: (3 available, best #1)
Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer):
Advertised to peers (in unique update groups):
0.0.0.0 from 0.0.0.0 (10.4.0.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, local, best
10.4.101.1 from 10.4.101.1 (10.4.101.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external
10.4.101.2 from 10.4.101.2 (10.4.101.2)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal RP/0/0/CPU0:router#
Table 4 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 4 show bgp prefix length Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router table entry
|
Network that is being displayed.
|
Versions
|
List of the network versions in each BGP process.
|
Process
|
Name of the BGP process.
|
bRIB/RIB
|
Version of the network for sending to the RIB. You can compare this version with the bRIB/RIB version for the process (at the top of show bgp summary) to verify whether the network has been sent to the RIB.
|
SendTblVer
|
Version of the network for advertising to neighbors. This can be compared with the neighbor version to determine whether the network has been advertised to a particular neighbor.
|
Paths
|
List of paths for the network (that is, routes to reach the network). The number of paths and the index of the best path are given.
|
not advertised to any peer
|
Best path was received with a NO_ADVERTISE community and is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
not advertised to EBGP peer
|
Best path was received with a NO_EXPORT community and is not advertised to any eBGP neighbor.
|
not advertised outside local AS
|
Best path was received with a LOCAL_AS community and is not advertised to peers outside the local AS.
|
Advertisements of this net are suppressed by an aggregate
|
Network is a more-specific prefix of a configured aggregate and has been suppressed. It is not advertised to any neighbors unless they have an unsuppress-map configured.
|
Advertised to update-groups
|
List of update-groups to which the net has been advertised. Update-groups that have only one peer are not listed here.
|
Advertised to peers
|
List of neighbors to which the net has been advertised to. Neighbors that are in one of the update-groups listed above are not listed separately. Only neighbors that are in unique update-groups are listed.
|
Received by speaker 0
|
BGP process where the path originated. This is always "speaker 0" for standalone mode. It will be the speaker-id when BGP is in distributed mode.
|
AS Path
|
Autonomous system (AS) path that was received for the path. If the AS path is empty, then "Local" is displayed. This is the case for paths that are locally generated on this router or on a neighboring router within the same AS.
|
aggregated by
|
If the path is an aggregate, the router-id of the router that performed the aggregation.
|
suppressed due to dampening
|
Path has been suppressed due to the configured path dampening.
|
history entry
|
Path is withdrawn, but a copy is kept to store the dampening information.
|
Received from a RR-client
|
Path was received from a route reflector client.
|
received-only
|
If soft reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received but dropped by inbound policy, or was accepted and modified. In either event, the received-only value is a copy of the original, unmodified path.
|
received & used
|
If soft reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received and accepted by inbound policy, but not modified.
|
stale
|
Neighbor from which the path was received is down, and the path is kept and marked as stale to support graceful restart.
|
<nexthop> from <neighbor> (<router-id>)
|
Next-hop for the path. If the next-hop is known by a mechanism outside BGP (for example, for redistributed paths), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed. After the next-hop, the neighbor from whom the path was received is displayed, along with the neighbor's router-id. If the path was locally generated (for example, an aggregate or redistributed path), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed for the neighbor address.
|
Origin
|
IGP: the path originated from an IGP.
EGP: the path originated from an EGP.
incomplete: the origin of the path is unknown.
|
metric
|
MED value of the path.
|
localpref
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
weight
|
Locally assigned weight (if not 0) of the path. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
valid
|
Path is valid and can be considered in the best-path calculation.
|
redistributed
|
Path is redistributed through a redistribute command.
|
aggregated
|
Path is a locally generated aggregate created due to an aggregate-address command.
|
local
|
Path is a local network source due to a network command.
|
internal
|
Path was received from an iBGP neighbor.
|
external
|
Path was received from an eBGP neighbor.
|
atomic-aggregate
|
Path was received with the atomic-aggregate flag set. Some path information has been removed through aggregation.
|
best
|
Path is the best path for the network and is used for routing and advertised to peers.
|
multipath
|
Path is a multipath and is installed into the RIB along with the best path.
|
Community
|
List of communities attached to the path.
|
Extended community
|
List of extended communities attached to the path.
|
Originator
|
Originator of the path within the AS Cluster list if the path is reflected.
|
AS Cluster list
|
List of RR clusters the path has passed through if the path is reflected
|
Dampinfo
|
Penalty and reuse information if the path is dampened.
|
penalty
|
Current penalty for the path.
|
flapped
|
Number of times the path has flapped and the time since the first flap.
|
reuse in
|
Time until the path is re-used (undampened).
|
half life
|
Configured half-life for the path.
|
suppress value
|
Penalty at which the path is suppressed.
|
reuse value
|
Penalty at which the path is re-used.
|
Maximum suppress time
|
Maximum length of time for which the path can be suppressed.
|
Related Commands
show bgp advertised
To display advertisements for neighbors or a single neighbor, use the show bgp advertised command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | tunnel} |
vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] advertised [neighbor ip-address] [summary]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
neighbor
|
(Optional) Previews advertisements for a single neighbor. If the neighbor keyword is omitted, then the advertisements for all neighbors are displayed.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) IP address of the neighbor.
|
summary
|
(Optional) Displays a summary of advertisements.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address | vrf vrf-name]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that is configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp advertised command to display the routes that have been advertised to peers or a specific peer. To preview advertisements that would be sent to a peer under a particular policy, even if the corresponding update messages have not been generated yet, use the show bgp policy command.
Note
When you issue the show bgp advertised command, a route is not displayed in the output unless an advertisement for that route has already been sent (and not withdrawn). If an advertisement for the route has not yet been sent, the route is not displayed.
Use the summary keyword to display a summary of the advertised routes. If you do not specify the summary keyword, the software displays detailed information about the advertised routes.
Note
The show bgp advertised command does not display the application of any outbound policy in the route details it displays. Consequently, this command provides only an indication of whether a particular route has been advertised, rather than details of which attributes were advertised. Use the show bgp policy sent-advertisements command to display the attributes that are advertised.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp advertised command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 10.0.101.4 summary
Network Next-hop From AS Path
1.1.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 3 222 333 444 555 i
1.1.2.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 4 5 6 7 i
1.1.3.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 33 44 55 99 99 99 i
1.1.4.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 5 6 7 8 i
1.1.7.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 5 i
1.1.8.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 99 99 99 i
Table 5 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 5 show bgp advertised neighbor summary Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
From
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
|
AS Path
|
AS path of the peer that advertised this route.
|
Local
|
Indicates the route originated on the local system.
|
Local Aggregate
|
Indicates the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
|
Advertised to
|
Indicates the peer to which this entry was advertised. This field is used in the output when displaying a summary of the advertisements to all neighbors.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp advertised command for detailed advertisement information:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 172.72.77.1
172.16.0.0/24 is advertised to 172.72.77.1
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
origin: incomplete metric: 0
10.52.0.0/16 is advertised to 172.72.77.1
neighbor: Local Aggregate neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
origin: IGP aggregator: 172.74.84.1 (1)
Table 6 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 6 show bgp advertised neighbor Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
is advertised to
|
IP address of the peer to which this route has been advertised. If the route has been advertised to multiple peers, the information is shown separately for each peer.
|
neighbor
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
|
neighbor router id
|
BGP identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the local system.
|
Not advertised to any peer
|
Indicates the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
|
Not advertised to any EBGP peer
|
Indicates the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those external peers are part of the same confederation as the local router.
|
Not advertised outside the local AS
|
Indicates the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
|
(Received from a RR-client)
|
Path was received from a route reflector client.
|
(received-only)
|
This path is not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration, and records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path received from a peer. A path marked "received-only" indicates that either the path was dropped by inbound policy, or the path information was modified by inbound policy and a separate copy of the modified path is used for routing.
|
(received & used)
|
Indicates that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A path marked "received and used," implies the path information was not modified by inbound policy.
|
valid
|
Path is valid.
|
redistributed
|
Path is locally sourced through redistribution.
|
aggregated
|
Path is locally sourced through aggregation.
|
local
|
Path is locally sourced through the network command.
|
confed
|
Path was received from a confederation peer.
|
best
|
Path is selected as best.
|
multipath
|
Path is one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
|
dampinfo
|
Indicates dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
Reuse in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available. This field is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
|
Attributes after inbound policy was applied
|
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next-hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
|
origin
|
Origin of the path:
IGP—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
EGP—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear. For example, a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
neighbor as
|
First autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
|
aggregator
|
Indicates that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The autonomous system number and router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
|
metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
|
localpref
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system
|
aspath
|
AS path associated with the route.
|
community
|
Community attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation with the local router.
|
Extended community
|
Extended community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route target community
SoO—Site of Origin community
LB—Link Bandwidth community
|
Originator
|
Router ID of the originating router when route reflection is used.
|
Cluster lists
|
Router ID or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a route policy to incoming and outgoing routes.
|
rd
|
Filters routes using a prefix list.
|
show bgp policy
|
Displays information about BGP advertisements under a proposed policy.
|
show bgp policy sent-advertisements
|
Previews advertisements to peers, including details of advertised attributes.
|
show bgp af-group
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for address family groups, use the show bgp af-group command in EXEC mode.
show bgp af-group group-name {configuration [defaults] [nvgen] | inheritance | users}
Syntax Description
group-name
|
Name of the address family group to display.
|
configuration
|
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the af-group, including any settings that have been inherited from af-groups used by this af-group.
|
defaults
|
(Optional) Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
|
nvgen
|
(Optional) Displays output in the format of show running-config output.
Note If the defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
|
inheritance
|
Displays the af-groups from which this af-group inherits configuration settings.
|
users
|
Displays the neighbors, neighbor groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from this af-group.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of an af-group, taking into account any configuration that may be inherited from other af-groups through the use af-group command. The source of each command is shown.
If the defaults keyword is specified, all configuration for the af-group, including default values, is shown. Default configuration is identified in the show output. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration formatted in the style of the show running-config command. This output is suitable for cutting and pasting into configuration sessions.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword to display the address family groups from which the specified af-group inherits configuration.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name users argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from the specified af-group.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following af-group configuration is used in the examples:
af-group group3 address-family ipv4 unicast
soft-reconfiguration inbound
af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
maximum-prefix 2500 75 warning-only
soft-reconfiguration inbound disable
af-group group2 address-family ipv4 unicast
send-extended-community-ebgp
capability orf prefix both
The following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the configuration keyword in EXEC mode. The source of each command is shown in the right column. For example, default-originate is configured directly on af-group group1, and the remove-private-AS command is inherited from af-group group2, which in turn inherits it from af-group group3.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group1 configuration
af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
capability orf prefix both [a:group2]
maximum-prefix 2500 75 warning-only []
remove-private-AS [a:group2 a:group3]
send-community [a:group2]
send-extended-community [a:group2
The following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group2 users
The following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the inheritance keyword. This example shows that the specified af-group group1 directly uses the group2 af-group, which in turn uses the group3 af-group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group1 inheritance
IPv4 Unicast: a:group2 a:group3
Table 7 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 7 show bgp af-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
[ ]
|
Configures the command directly on the specified address family group.
|
a:
|
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
|
n:
|
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
|
[dflt]
|
Indicates the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
<not set>
|
Indicates that the configuration is disabled by default. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Configures a BGP address family group.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP neighbors, including configuration inherited from neighbor groups, session groups, and address family groups.
|
show bgp neighbor-group
|
Displays information about configuration for neighbor groups.
|
use af-group
|
Configures an af-group to inherit the configuration of a specified af-group.
|
show bgp attribute-key
To display all existing attribute keys, use the show bgp attribute-key command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] vpnv6
unicast] attribute-key
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} keyword was added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vpnv4 unicast
• vrf (vrf-name | all}
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The count-only keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp attribute-key command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all attribute-key
Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 109
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
*> 1.1.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 10.0.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 12.21.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002
*> 194.3.192.1/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.4/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.192.5/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
Processed 8 prefixes, 8 paths
Address Family: IPv4 Multicast
==============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 15
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
*> 194.3.193.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
*> 194.3.193.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009
Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths
Address Family: IPv6 Unicast
============================
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 19
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
*> 2222::1111/128 2222::2 0x00000009
*> 2222::1112/128 2222::2 0x00000009
Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths
Table 8 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 8 show bgp attribute-key Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
AttrKey
|
Key associated with the route attribute.
|
Processed n prefixes, n paths
|
Number of prefixes and number of paths processed for the table.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp cidr-only
To display routes with nonnatural network masks, also known as classless interdomain routing (CIDR) routes, use the show bgp cidr-only command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | vrf {vrf-name | all}
[ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}] cidr-only
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the unicast address family.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the multicast address family.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies the tunnel address family.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used. This command is applicable only for IPv4 prefixes. If the default address family is not IPv4, then the ipv4 keyword must be used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The count-only keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The count-only keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 address family.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for subaddress family, all subaddress family routing tables are examined.
The show bgp cidr-only command applies only for IPv4 prefixes. If the ipv4 keyword is not specified and the default address family is not IPv4, the command is not available.
Use the show bgp cidr-only command to display CIDR routes. Routes that have their correct class (class A, B, or C) prefix length are not displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp cidr-only command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp cidr-only
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 2589
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 192.0.0.0/8 192.168.72.24 0 1878 ?
*> 192.168.0.0/16 192.168.72.30 0 108 ?
Table 9 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 9 show bgp cidr-only Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp
|
Displays BGP routes.
|
show bgp community
To display routes that have the specified Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) communities, use the show bgp community command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | tunnel} |
vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] community community-list [exact-match]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
community
|
Specifies that only routes with communities specified by community-list is displayed.
|
community-list
|
Between one and seven communities. Each community can be a number in the range from 1 to 4294967295, a community specified in AA:NN format, or one of the following well-known communities:
• local-AS—Well-known community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
• no-advertise—Well-known community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
• no-export—Well-known community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
• internet—Well-known community whose value is not defined in BGP RFC. IOS XR BGP uses a value of 0 for the internet community. Routes with this community are advertised to all peers without any restrictions.
For the AA:NN format:
• AA—Range is 0 to 65535.
• NN—Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Up to seven community numbers can be specified.
|
exact-match
|
(Optional) Displays those routes that have communities exactly matching the specified communities.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The count-only keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The count-only keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
If more than seven communities are required, it is necessary to configure a route policy and use the show bgp route-policy command.
Use the exact-match keyword to display only those routes with a set of communities exactly matching the list of specified communities. If you omit the exact-match keyword, those routes containing at least the specified communities are displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp community command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp community 1820:1 exact-match
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 55
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
* 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
Table 10 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 10 show bgp community Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
aggregate-address
|
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp
|
Displays BGP routes.
|
show bgp convergence
To display whether a specific address family has reached convergence, use the show bgp convergence command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast] convergence
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the unicast address family.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the multicast address family.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The vpnv4 unicast and labeled-unicast keywords were added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp convergence command to see if there is any pending work for BGP to perform. The software checks the following conditions to determine whether the specified address family has converged. If all the conditions are true, the address family is considered converged.
•
All received updates have been processed and best routes selected.
•
All selected routes have been installed in the global Routing Information Base (RIB).
•
All selected routes have been advertised to peers, including any peers that are not established (unless those peers have been administratively shut down). See the shutdown (BGP) command for more information about administrative shutdown.
While testing that all selected routes have been advertised to peers, the show bgp convergence command checks the size of the write queue for each neighbor. Because this queue is shared by all address families, there is a small possibility that the command indicates the address family has not converged when, in fact, it has converged. This could happen if the neighbor write queue contained messages from some other address family.
If the specified address family has not converged, the show bgp convergence command output does not indicate the amount of work that is pending. To display this information, use the show bgp summary command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following shows the result of using the show bgp convergence command for an address family that has converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence
All received routes in RIB, all neighbors updated.
All neighbors have empty write queues.
The following shows the result of using the show bgp convergence command for an address family that has not converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence
Received routes may not be entered in RIB.
One or more neighbors may need updating.
Table 11 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 11 show bgp convergence Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Converged/Not converged
|
Specifies whether or not all routes have been installed in the RIB and updates have been generated and sent to all neighbors.
|
[All] Received routes...
|
For convergence, all routes must have been installed into the RIB and all updates must have been generated. For non-convergence, some routes may not be installed in the RIB, or some routes that have been withdrawn have not yet been removed from the RIB, or some routes that are up to date in the RIB have not been advertised to all neighbors.
|
[All | One or more] neighbors...
|
Specifies the status of neighbor updating.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp convergence
|
Displays whether a specific address family has reached convergence.
|
show bgp summary
|
Displays the status of BGP peer connections.
|
shutdown (BGP)
|
Disables a neighbor without removing all of its configuration.
|
show bgp dampened-paths
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) dampened routes, use the show bgp dampened-paths command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast [rd
rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast [rd rd-address]] dampened-paths
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp dampened-paths command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp dampened-paths
BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 3
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 7
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes:s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.35 00:01:20 35 i
Table 12 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 12 show bgp dampened-paths Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
From
|
Neighbor from which the route was received.
|
Reuse
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
aggregate-address
|
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
|
bgp dampening
|
Enables BGP route dampening or changes various BGP route dampening factors.
|
clear bgp dampening
|
Clears BGP route dampening information and unsuppresses the suppressed routes.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp flap-statistics
|
Displays BGP routes that have flapped.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
|
show bgp flap-statistics
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) paths that have flapped, use the show bgp flap-statistics command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all |
labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | vpnv4 unicast [rd
rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv4 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast [rd rd-address]] flap-statistics [regexp regular-expression | route-policy
route-policy-name | cidr-only | {ip-address [{mask | /prefix-length} [longer-prefixes]]
[detail]}]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
regexp regular-expression
|
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for all paths that match the regular expression.
|
route-policy route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for a route policy.
|
cidr-only
|
(Optional) Displays only routes whose prefix length does not match the classful prefix length for that network. The cidr-only keyword can be specified only if the address family is IPv4.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) Flap statistics for a network address only.
|
mask
|
(Optional) Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
|
/prefix-length
|
(Optional) Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
|
longer-prefixes
|
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for the specified prefix and more-specific prefixes. The longer-prefixes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
|
detail
|
(Optional) Displays dampening parameters for the path. The detail keyword cannot be specified if the longer-prefixes keyword is specified. The detail keyword is available when the ip-address argument or ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The filter-list access-list keyword and argument were removed. The route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument were added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Flap statistics are maintained only for paths if dampening is enabled using the bgp dampening command. If dampening is not enabled, the show bgp flap-statistics command does not display any paths.
If no arguments or keywords are specified, the software displays flap statistics for all paths for the specified address family. You can use the regexp, filter-list, cidr-only, and longer-prefixes options to limit the set of paths displayed.
If you specify a network address without a mask or prefix length, the longest matching prefix for the network address is displayed. When displaying flap statistics for a single route, use the detail keyword to display dampening parameters for the route.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp flap-statistics command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 26180
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
*d 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:13:31 00:18:10 100
*d 10.10.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:02:45 00:28:20 100
The following is sample output from the show bgp flap-statistics command with the detail keyword in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics 172.31.12.166 detail
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 738
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
h 172.31.12.166 10.0.101.1 6 00:03:28 2 2000 3000
Half life Suppress Reuse penalty Max. supp. time
00:15:00 2000 750 01:00:00
Table 13 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 13 show bgp flap-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP route identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network that is dampened.
|
From
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
|
Flaps
|
Number of times the route has flapped.
|
Duration
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) since the first flap.
|
Reuse
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path of the route that is being dampened.
|
Half life
|
Half-life value used when dampening this route. The half-life is the amount of time that must elapse to reduce the reuse penalty by half. The half-life value is specified using the bgp dampening command.
|
Suppress
|
Suppress value used to dampen this route. The suppress value is the value that the penalty must exceed for the route to be suppressed. The suppress value can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
|
Reuse penalty
|
Reuse penalty used to dampen this route. The penalty must fall below the reuse penalty for the route to be unsuppressed. The reuse penalty can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
|
Max supp. time
|
Maximum length of time that the route may be suppressed due to dampening. The maximum suppress time can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp dampening
|
Enables BGP route dampening or changes various BGP route dampening factors.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp dampened-paths
|
Displays the BGP dampened routes.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP neighbors.
|
show bgp inconsistent-as
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes originated from more than one autonomous system, use the show bgp inconsistent-as command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] inconsistent-as
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp inconsistent-as command to search through all prefixes in the specified BGP routing table and display the paths for any prefix that has inconsistent originating autonomous system numbers. The originating autonomous system is the last autonomous system number displayed in the path field and should be the same for all paths.
If a prefix has one or more paths originating from different autonomous systems, all paths for that prefix are displayed.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp inconsistent-as command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp inconsistent-as
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 1129
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.0.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
* 172.16.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 90 99 88 200 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
* 192.168.199.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ?
*> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
Table 14 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 14 show bgp inconsistent-as Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp labels
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes and their incoming and outgoing labels, use the show bgp labels command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all} | ipv6 {unicast | labeled-unicast} |
{vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast} [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast |
labeled-unicast}] | ipv6 unicast] labels
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• vpnv6 unicast
• ipv6 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp labels command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf BAR ipv4 unicast labels
BGP VRF BAR, state: Active BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:1 BGP router identifier 10.1.1.1,
local AS number 100 BGP table state: Active BGP main routing table version 12
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Rcvd Label Local Label
Route Distinguisher: 100:1 (default for vrf BAR)
*> 20.1.1.1/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.2/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.3/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.4/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
*> 20.1.1.5/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel
Processed 5 prefixes, 5 paths
Table 15 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 15 show bgp labels Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP Route Distinguisher
|
BGP route distinguisher.
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP table state
|
State of the BGP routing table.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Rcvd Label
|
Received label.
|
Local Label
|
Local label.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp neighbor-group
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for neighbor groups, use the show bgp neighbor-group command in EXEC mode.
show bgp neighbor-group group-name {configuration [defaults] [nvgen] | inheritance | users}
Syntax Description
group-name
|
Name of the address family group to display.
|
configuration
|
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor group, including any configuration inherited by this neighbor group.
|
defaults
|
(Optional) Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
|
nvgen
|
(Optional) Displays output in show running-config command output.
Note If the defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
|
inheritance
|
Displays the af-groups, session groups, and neighbor groups from which this neighbor group inherits configuration.
|
users
|
Displays the neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration from this neighbor group.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show bgp neighbor-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a neighbor group, including any configuration inherited from session groups, address family groups, and neighbor groups through application of the use command. The source of each configured command is also displayed.
Use the defaults keyword to display all configuration for the neighbor group, including default configuration. The command output identifies default configuration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration in the output form of show running-config command. Output in this form is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
The show bgp neighbor-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword displays the session groups, address family groups, and neighbor groups from which the specified neighbor group inherits configuration.
The show bgp neighbor-group group-name command displays the neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration from the specified neighbor group.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The examples use the following configuration:
af-group group3 address-family ipv4 unicast
soft-reconfiguration inbound
af-group group2 address-family ipv4 unicast
send-extended-community-ebgp
capability orf prefix both
use neighbor-group group2
address-family ipv4 unicast
use neighbor-group group3
address-family ipv4 unicast
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group1 configuration
timers 30 90 [n:group2 n:group3]
dmzlink-bw [n:group2 n:group3 s:group3]
address-family ipv4 unicast []
capability orf prefix both [n:group2 a:group2]
remove-private-AS [n:group2 a:group2 a:group3]
send-community-ebgp [n:group2 a:group2]
send-extended-community-ebgp [n:group2 a:group2]
soft-reconfiguration inbound [n:group2 a:group2 a:group3]
The configuration source is shown to the right of each command. In the output, the remote-as command is configured directly on neighbor group group1, and the send-community-ebgp command is inherited from neighbor group group2, which in turn inherits the setting from af-group group2.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the users keyword. This output shows that the group1 neighbor group inherits session (address family-independent configuration parameters) from the group2 neighbor group. The group1 neighbor group also inherits IPv4 unicast configuration parameters from the group2 neighbor group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group2 users
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the inheritance keyword. This output shows that the specified neighbor group group1 inherits session (address family-independent configuration) from neighbor group group2, which inherits its own session from neighbor group group3. Neighbor group group3 inherited its session from session group group3. It also shows that the group1 neighbor-group inherits IPv4 unicast configuration parameters from the group2 neighbor group, which in turn inherits them from the group2 af-group, which itself inherits them from the group3 af-group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group1 inheritance
Session: n:group2 n:group3 s:group3
IPv4 Unicast: n:group2 a:group2 a:group3
Table 16 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 16 show bgp neighbor-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
[ ]
|
Configures the command directly on the specified address family group.
|
s:
|
Indicates the name that follows is a session group.
|
a:
|
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
|
n:
|
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
|
[dflt]
|
Indicates the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
<not set>
|
Indicates that the default is for the setting to be disabled. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Configures a BGP address family group.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
show bgp af-group
|
Displays information about configuration for address family groups.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP neighbors, including configuration inherited from neighbor groups, session groups, and address family groups.
|
show bgp session-group
|
Displays information about the BGP configuration for session groups.
|
show running-config
|
Displays the contents of the currently running configuration or a subset of that configuration.
|
use
|
Inherits configuration from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family group.
|
show bgp neighbors
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections to neighbors, use the show bgp neighbors command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast] neighbors [performance-statistics | missing-eor]
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast] neighbors ip-address [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | flap-statistics |
performance-statistics | received {prefix-filter | routes} | routes]
show bgp neighbors ip-address [configuration [defaults] [nvgen] | inheritance]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
performance-statistics
|
(Optional) Displays performance statistics relative to work done by the BGP process for this neighbor.
|
missing-eor
|
(Optional) Displays neighbors that did not receive an end-of-record (EOR) in read-only mode.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor. If you omit this argument, all neighbors are displayed.
|
advertised-routes
|
(Optional) Displays all routes the router advertised to the neighbor.
|
dampened-routes
|
(Optional) Displays the dampened routes that are learned from the neighbor.
|
flap-statistics
|
(Optional) Displays flap statistics of the routes learned from the neighbor.
|
received {prefix-filter | routes}
|
(Optional) Displays information received from the BGP neighbor. The options are:
• prefix-filter—Displays the prefix list filter.
• routes—Displays routes from the neighbor before inbound policy
|
routes
|
(Optional) Displays routes learned from the neighbor.
|
configuration
|
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor, including any settings that have been inherited from session groups, neighbor groups, or af-groups used by this neighbor.
|
defaults
|
(Optional) Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
|
nvgen
|
(Optional) Displays output in the show running-config command output.
|
inheritance
|
(Optional) Displays the session groups, neighbor groups, and af-groups from which this neighbor inherits configuration settings.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The received routes keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• vpnv4 unicast
• missing-eor
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify which routing table should be examined. If the all keyword is specified for address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp neighbors command to display detailed information about all neighbors or a specific neighbor. Use the performance-statistics keyword to display information about the work related to specific neighbors done by the BGP process.
Use the show bgp neighbors command with the ip-address received prefix-filter argument and keyword to display the Outbound Route Filter (ORF) received from a neighbor.
Use the advertised-routes keyword to display a summary of the routes advertised to the specified neighbor.
Use the dampened-routes keyword to display routes received from the specified neighbor that have been suppressed due to dampening. For more details, see the show bgp dampened-paths command.
To display information about flapping routes received from a neighbor, use the flap-statistics keyword. For more details, see the show bgp flap-statistics command.
To display the routes received from a neighbor, use the routes keyword. For more details, see the show bgp command.
Use the show bgp neighbor command with the ip-address configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a neighbor, including configuration inherited from session groups, neighbor groups, or af-groups through application of the use command. Use the defaults keyword to display the value of all configurations for the neighbor, including default configuration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration output format of the show running-config command. Output in this format is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session. Use the show bgp neighbors command with the ip-address inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups, neighbor groups, and af-groups from which the specified neighbor inherits configuration.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1, remote AS 2, local AS 1, external link
Description: routem neighbor
Remote router ID 10.0.101.1
BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:56
TCP open mode: passive only
BFD enabled (session initializing)
Last read 00:00:55, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
DMZ-link bandwidth is 1000 Mb/s
Route refresh: advertised
4-byte AS: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received
Address family IPv4 Multicast: advertised and received
Received 119 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 119 messages, 22 notifications, 0 in queue
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 60 seconds
For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast
Community attribute sent to this neighbor
AF-dependant capabilities:
Outbound Route Filter (ORF) type (128) Prefix-list:
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
5 accepted prefixes, 5 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 3, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 1000000
Threshold for warning message 75%
For Address Family: IPv4 Multicast
Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0
Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all
Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all
2 accepted prefixes, 2 are bestpaths
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 131072
Threshold for warning message 75%
Connections established 9; dropped 8
Last reset 00:02:10, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent -
administrative reset)
Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:02:10
Error Code: administrative reset
Table 17 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 17 show bgp neighbors Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP neighbor
|
IP address of the BGP neighbor and its autonomous system number. If the neighbor is in the same autonomous system as the router, then the link between them is internal; otherwise, it is considered external.
|
Description
|
Neighbor specific description.
|
remote AS
|
Number of the autonomous system to which the neighbor belongs.
|
local AS
|
Autonomous system number of the local system.
|
internal link
|
Neighbor is an internal BGP peer.
|
external link
|
Neighbor is an external BGP peer.
|
Administratively shut down
|
Neighbor connection is disabled using the shutdown command.
|
remote router ID
|
Router ID (an IP address) of the neighbor.
|
Neighbor under common administration
|
Neighbor is internal or a confederation peer.
|
BGP state
|
Internal state of this BGP connection.
|
BFD enabled
|
Status of bidirectional forwarding detection.
|
TCP open mode
|
TCP mode used in establishing the BGP session. The following valid TCP mode are supported:
• default—Accept active/passive connections
• passive-only—Accept only passive connections
• active-only—Accept only active connections initiated by the router
|
Last read
|
Time since BGP last read a message from this neighbor.
|
hold time
|
Hold time (in seconds) used on the connection with this neighbor.
|
keepalive interval
|
Interval for sending keepalives to this neighbor.
|
DMZ-link bandwidth
|
DMZ link bandwidth for this neighbor.
|
Neighbor capabilities
|
BGP capabilities advertised and received from this neighbor. The following valid BGP capabilities are supported:
• Multi-protocol
• Route refresh
• Graceful restart
• Outbound Route Filter (ORF) type (128) Prefix
|
Route refresh
|
Indicates that the neighbor supports dynamic soft reset using the route refresh capability.
|
4-byte AS
|
Indicates that the neighbor supports the 4-byte AS capability.
|
Address family
|
Indicates that the local system supports the displayed address family capability. If "received" is displayed, the neighbor also supports the displayed address family.
|
Received
|
Number of messages received from this neighbor, the number of notification messages received and processed from this neighbor, and the number of messages that have been received, but not yet processed.
|
Sent
|
Number of messages sent to this neighbor, the number of notification messages generated to be sent to this neighbor, and the number of messages queued to be sent to this neighbor.
|
Minimum time between advertisement runs
|
Advertisement interval (in seconds) for this neighbor.
|
For Address Family
|
Information that follows is specific to the displayed address family.
|
BGP neighbor version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to the neighbor for the specified address family.
|
Update group
|
Update group to which the neighbor belongs.
|
Route reflector client
|
Indicates that the local system is acting as a route reflector for this neighbor.
|
Inbound soft reconfiguration allowed
|
Indicates that soft reconfiguration is enabled for routes received from this neighbor.
Note If the neighbor has route refresh capability, then soft configuration received-only routes are not stored by the local system unless "override route refresh" is displayed.
|
eBGP neighbor with no inbound or outbound policy: defaults to drop
|
Indicates that the neighbor does not have an inbound or outbound policy configured using the route-policy (BGP) command. Hence, no routes are accepted from or advertised to this neighbor.
|
Private AS number removed from updates to this neighbor
|
Indicates that remove-private-AS is configured on the specified address family for this neighbor.
|
NEXT_HOP is always this router
|
Indicates that next-hop-self is configured on the specified address family for this neighbor.
|
Community attribute sent to this neighbor
|
Indicates that send-community-ebgp is configured on the specified address family for this neighbor.
|
Extended community attribute sent to this neighbor
|
Indicates that send-extended-community-ebgp is configured on the specified address family for this neighbor.
|
Default information originate
|
Indicates that default-originate is configured on the specified address family for this neighbor, together with the policy used, if one was specified in the default-originate configuration. An indication of whether the default route has been advertised to the neighbor is also shown.
|
AF-dependant capabilities
|
BGP capabilities that are specific to a particular address family. The following valid AF-dependent BGP capabilities are supported:
• route refresh capability
• route refresh capability OLD value
|
Outbound Route Filter
|
Neighbor has the Outbound Route Filter (ORF) capability for the specified address family. Details of the capabilities supported are also shown:
Send-mode—"advertised" is shown if the local system can send an outbound route filter to the neighbor. "received" is shown if the neighbor can send an outbound route filter to the local system.
Receive-mode—"advertised" is shown if the local system can receive an outbound route filter from the neighbor. "received" is shown if the neighbor can receive an outbound route filter from the local system.
|
Graceful Restart Capability
|
Indicates whether graceful restart capability has been advertised to and received from the neighbor for the specified address family.
|
Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart
|
Indicates that when the neighbor connection was last established, the neighbor indicated that it preserved its forwarding state for the specified address family.
|
Local restart time
|
Restart time (in seconds) advertised to this neighbor.
|
RIB purge time
|
RIB purge time (in seconds) used for graceful restarts.
|
Maximum stalepath time
|
Maximum time (in seconds) a path received from this neighbor may be marked as stale if the neighbor restarts.
|
Remote Restart time
|
Restart time received from this neighbor.
|
Route refresh request
|
Number of route refresh requests sent and received from this neighbor.
|
Outbound Route Filter (ORF)
|
"sent" indicates that an outbound route filter has been sent to this neighbor. "received" indicates that an outbound route filter has been received from this neighbor.
Note A received outbound route filter may be displayed using the show bgp neighbors command with the received prefix-filter keywords.
|
First update is deferred until ORF or ROUTE-REFRESH is received
|
If the local system advertised the receive capability and the neighbor has advertised send capability, no updates are generated until specifically asked by the neighbor (using a ROUTE-REFRESH or ORF with immediate request).
|
Scheduled to send the Prefix-list filter
|
Indicates the local system is due to send an outbound route filter request in order to receive updates from the neighbor.
|
Inbound path policy
|
Indicates if an inbound path policy is configured.
|
Outbound path policy
|
Indicates if an outbound path policy is configured.
|
Incoming update prefix filter list
|
Indicates a prefix list is configured to filter inbound updates from the neighbor.
|
Default weight
|
Default weight for routes received from the neighbor.
|
Policy for incoming advertisements
|
Indicates a route policy is configured to be applied to inbound updates from the neighbor.
|
Policy for outgoing advertisements
|
Indicates a route policy is configured to be applied to outbound updates to the neighbor.
|
Type
|
Indicates whether the condition map selects routes that should be advertised, or routes that should not be advertised:
Exist—Routes advertised if permitted by the condition route map.
Non-exist—Routes advertised if denied by the condition route map.
|
accepted prefixes
|
Number of prefixes accepted.
|
Prefix advertised
|
Number of prefixes advertised to the neighbor during the lifetime of the current connection with the neighbor.
|
suppressed
|
Number of prefix updates that were suppressed because no transitive attributes changed from one best path to the next.
Note Update suppression occurs only for external BGP neighbors.
|
withdrawn
|
Number of prefixes withdrawn from the neighbor during the lifetime of the current connection with the neighbor.
|
maximum limit
|
Maximum number of prefixes that may be received from the neighbor. If "(warning-only)" is displayed, a warning message is generated when the limit is exceeded, otherwise the neighbor connection is shut down when the limit is exceeded.
|
Threshold for warning message
|
Percentage of maximum prefix limit for the neighbor at which a warning message is generated.
|
Connections established
|
Number of times the router has established a BGP peering session with the neighbor.
|
dropped
|
Number of times that a good connection has failed or been taken down.
|
Last reset due to
|
Reason that the connection with the neighbor was last reset.
|
Time since last notification sent to neighbor
|
Amount of time since a notification message was last sent to the neighbor.
|
Error Code
|
Type of notification that was sent. The notification data, if any, is also displayed.
|
Time since last notification received from neighbor
|
Amount of time since a notification message was last received from the neighbor.
|
Error Code
|
Type of notification that was received. The notification data received, if any, is also displayed
|
External BGP neighbor may be up to <n> hops away
|
Indicates ebgp-multihop is configured for the neighbor.
|
External BGP neighbor not directly connected
|
Indicates that the neighbor is not directly attached to the local system.
|
Notification data sent:
|
Data providing more details on the error along with the error notification sent to the neighbor.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the advertised-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.75 advertised-routes
10.10.0.0/8 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1
10.11.0.0/8 10.0.101.3 10.0.101.3
10.12.0.0/8 10.0.101.5 10.0.101.5
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 172.20.16.178 routes
BGP router identifier 172.20.16.181, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 27
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ?
*> 10.22.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ?
Table 18 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 18 show bgp neighbors routes Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the dampened-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 dampened-routes
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 48
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 11.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 12.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 13.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
*d 14.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
Table 19 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 19 show bgp neighbors dampened-routes Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
From
|
Neighbor from which the route was received.
|
Reuse
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the flap-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 flap-statistics
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 48
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path
h 10.1.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 5000 1000
h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 2000 3000
h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 9000 6000
*d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
h 10.0.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 102
*d 10.11.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.12.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.13.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
*d 10.14.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000
h 192.168.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 101
Table 20 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 20 show bgp neighbors flap-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP route identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between when the BGP process scans for the specified address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
From
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
|
Flaps
|
Number of times the route has flapped.
|
Duration
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
|
Reuse
|
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to reach the destination network.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the performance-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.2 performance-statistics
BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.2, remote AS 1
Read 3023 messages (58639 bytes) in 3019 calls (time spent: 1.312 secs)
Processed 3023 inbound messages (time spent: 0.198 secs)
Wrote 58410 bytes in 6062 calls (time spent: 3.041 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 0 messages in 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 3040 messages in 3040 calls (time spent: 0.055 secs)
Received 3023 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Sent 3040 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
Table 21 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 21 show bgp neighbors performance-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Read
|
Indicates the number of messages received from the neighbor, the total size of received messages, the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent (in seconds) by the process performing read operations for this neighbor.
|
Read throttled
|
Number of times that reading from the TCP connection to this neighbor has been throttled. Throttling is due to a backlog of messages that have been read but not processed.
|
inbound messages
|
Number of read messages that have been processed, and the real time spent processing inbound messages for this neighbor.
|
Wrote
|
Amount of data that has been sent to this neighbor, number of write operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing write operations for this neighbor.
|
Processing write list
|
Number of messages written from the write list to this neighbor, number of times the write list has been processed, and real time spent processing the write list.
Note Write lists typically contain only update messages.
|
Processing write queue
|
Number of messages written from the write queue to this neighbor, number of times the write queue has been processed, and real time spent processing the write queue.
|
Received
|
Number of messages received from this neighbor, number of notification messages received and processed from this neighbor, and number of messages that have been received, but not yet processed.
|
Sent
|
Number of messages sent to this neighbor, number of notification messages generated to be sent to this neighbor, and number of messages queued to be sent to this neighbor.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 configuration
address-family ipv4 unicast []
address-family ipv4 multicast []
Table 22 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 22 show bgp neighbors configuration Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
neighbor
|
IP address configuration of the neighbor.
|
remote-as
|
Remote autonomous system configured on the neighbor.
|
bfd fast-detect
|
BFD parameter configured on the neighbor.
|
address-family
|
Address family and subsequent address family configured on the router.
|
route-policy pass-all in
|
Route policy configured for inbound updates.
|
route-policy pass-all out
|
Route policy configured for outbound updates.
|
Related Commands-
Command
|
Description
|
clear bgp
|
Resets a BGP connection or session.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
show bgp dampened-paths
|
Displays BGP dampened routes.
|
show bgp flap-statistics
|
Displays BGP routes that have flapped.
|
show bgp neighbor-group
|
Displays information about the BGP configuration for neighbor groups.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP connections to neighbors, including received prefix filters.
|
shutdown (BGP)
|
Disables a neighbor without removing all of its configuration.
|
show bgp nexthops
To display statistical information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) next-hops, use the show bgp nexthops command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast] nexthops [statistics] [speaker speaker-id]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
statistics
|
(Optional) Specifies nexthop statistics.
|
speaker speaker-id
|
(Optional) Specifies a speaker process ID.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.4.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following keywords were added:
• vpnv6 unicast
• statistics
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The show bgp nexthops command displays statistical information about next-hop notifications, the time spent processing the notifications, and details about each next-hop that has been registered with the Routing Information Base (RIB).
Use the vrf vrf-name keyword and argument to display only the next-hops present in the specified VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
The next-hop information is displayed for all active speaker processes in distributed mode. Each speaker displays a set of next-hops that belongs to the prefixes received by the speaker and next-hops that belong to best paths that were received by other speaker processes. Use the speaker speaker-id keyword and argument to display information for only the specified speaker process. The distributed mode must be defined using the distributed speaker command for the speaker keyword to be available.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp nexthops command with the VRF specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf all nexthops
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Last Notification Processing
Critical Trigger Delay: 6msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 8msec
Total Critical Notifications Received: 5
Total Non-critical Notifications Received: 0
Bestpaths Deleted After Last Walk: 0
Bestpaths Changed After Last Walk: 100
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next-hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
12.0.1.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:18 (Reg) 0
12.0.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:18 (Reg) 0
12.0.2.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:17 (Reg) 0
100.5.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 30
100.4.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 30
100.7.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 40
100.6.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 40
100.1.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 30
100.3.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 30
100.2.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 30
100.9.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 40
100.8.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 40
100.10.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 40
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Last Notification Processing
Critical Trigger Delay: 6msec
Non-critical Trigger Delay: 8msec
Total Critical Notifications Received: 5
Total Non-critical Notifications Received: 0
Bestpath Deleted After Last Walk: 0
Bestpath Changed After Last Walk: 50
Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable
C/NC Connected/Not-connected
I Invalid (Policy Match Failed)
Next-hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount
12.0.4.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:17 (Reg) 0
12.0.3.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:17 (Reg) 0
200.9.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 20
200.8.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 20
200.10.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:12 (Reg) 20
200.1.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 20
200.3.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 20
200.2.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 20
200.5.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 20
200.4.0.1 [UR] 4294967295 1/0 00:00:38 (Cri) 20
200.7.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:13 (Reg) 20
200.6.0.1 [R][C][NL] 0 0/0 00:04:13 (Reg) 20
Table 23 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 23 show bgp vrf all nexthops Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
VRF
|
Name of the VRF.
|
Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent
|
Time spent processing trigger delays for critical and noncritical events for the VRF or address family. The time is specified in seconds.
|
Maximum Nexthop Processing
|
Time that has passed since the nexthop notification was received that resulted in spending the maximum amount of processing time for all notifications.
|
Last Notification Processing
|
Time that has passed since the last nexthop notification was received.
|
IPv4 Unicast is active.
|
VRF specified output that indicates the IPv4 unicast address family is active within the VRF.
|
Nexthop Count
|
Number of next-hops for the VRF or address family.
|
Critical Trigger Delay
|
Configured critical trigger delay.
|
Non-critical Trigger Delay
|
Configured noncritical trigger delay.
|
Total Critical Notifications Received
|
Number of critical notifications received.
|
Total Non-critical Notifications Received
|
Number of noncritical notifications received.
|
Bestpaths Deleted After Last Walk
|
Number of best paths deleted due to the last notification.
|
Bestpaths Changed After Last Walk
|
Number of best paths modified due to the last notification.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next-hop.
|
Status
|
Status of the next-hop.
|
Metric
|
IGP metric of the next-hop.
|
Notf
|
Number of critical and noncritical notifications received.
|
LastRIBEvent
|
When the last notification was received from the RIB.
|
RefCount
|
The number of neighbors or prefixes that refer to the next-hop.
|
Address Family
|
Name of the address family.
|
Related Commands
show bgp paths
To display all the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) paths in the database, use the show bgp paths command in EXEC mode.
show bgp paths [detail] [debug] [regexp regular-expression]
Syntax Description
detail
|
(Optional) Displays detailed attribute information.
|
debug
|
(Optional) Displays attribute process ID, hash bucket, and hash chain ID attribute information.
|
regexp regular-expression
|
(Optional) Specifies an autonomous system path that matches the regular expression.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported On the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The regexp keyword was added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show bgp paths command to display information about AS paths and the associated attributes with which the paths were received.
If no options are specified, all stored AS paths are displayed with the number of routes using each path.
Note
The AS path information is stored independently of the address family, making it possible that routes from different address families could be using the same path.
Use the regular-expression argument to limit the output to only those paths that match the specified regular expression. See Cisco IOS XR Getting Started Guide for information on regular expressions.
Use the detail keyword to display detailed information on the attributes stored with the AS path.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp paths command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp paths detail
Proc Attributes Refcount Metric Path
Spk 0 ORG AS LOCAL COMM EXTCOMM 3 0 21 i
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 55 2 i
Spk 0 ORG AS 3 0 2 10 11 i
Spk 0 ORG AS COMM 3 0 2 10 11 i
Spk 0 MET ORG AS ATOM 3 2 2 3 4 ?
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 1 2 3 4 e
Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 0 2 3 4 i
Table 24 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 24 show bgp paths Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Proc
|
ID of the process in which the path is stored. This is always "Spk 0."
|
Attributes
|
Attributes that are present. The following may appear:
MET —Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
|
NeighborAS
|
Autonomous system number of the neighbor, or 0, if the path information originated locally.
|
Refcount
|
Number of routes using a path.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
show bgp policy
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) advertisements under a proposed policy, use the show bgp policy command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | mdt | labeled-unicast | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] policy [neighbor ip-address] [sent-advertisements
| route-policy route-policy-name] [summary]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
neighbor
|
(Optional) Previews advertisements for a single neighbor.
|
ip-address
|
(Optional) IP address of a single neighbor.
|
sent-advertisements
|
(Optional) Displays the routes that have been advertised to neighbors. If a route has not yet been advertised to the neighbor, it is not shown.
|
route-policy
|
(Optional) Displays advertisements for an output route policy.
|
route-policy-name
|
(Optional) Name of the route policy.
|
summary
|
(Optional) Displays a summary of the BGP advertisements.
|
Defaults
Advertisements for all neighbors are displayed if the neighbor ip-address keyword and argument are not specified. If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The the unsuppress-map map keyword and argument were removed and the route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument were added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp policy command to display routes that would be advertised to neighbors under a proposed policy. Unlike in the show bgp advertised command, the information displayed reflects any modifications made to the routes when executing the specified policy.
Use the neighbor keyword to limit the output to routes advertised to a particular neighbor. Use the sent-advertisements keyword to change the output in two ways:
•
If a policy is not specified explicitly, any policy configured on the neighbor (using the route-policy (BGP) command) is executed before displaying the routes.
•
Only routes that have already been advertised to the neighbor (and not withdrawn) are displayed. Routes that have not yet been advertised are not displayed.
Use the summary keyword to display abbreviated output.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp policy command with the summary keyword in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy summary
Network Next-hop From Advertised to
172.16.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.2
172.17.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 Local 10.0.101.1
Table 25 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 25 show bgp policy summary Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
From
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
|
Local
|
Indicates the route originated on the local system.
|
Local Aggregate
|
Indicates the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
|
Advertised to
|
Indicates the neighbors to which this route was advertised.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp policy command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.1
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3
neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2
neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3
neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1
Attributes after inbound policy was applied:
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
Attributes after outbound policy was applied:
origin: IGP neighbor as: 2
Table 26 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 26 show bgp policy Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Is advertised to
|
IP address of the peer to which this route is advertised. If the route is advertised to multiple peers, information is shown separately for each peer.
|
neighbor
|
IP address of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
|
neighbor router id
|
BGP identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the local system.
|
Not advertised to any peer
|
Indicates the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
|
Not advertised to any EBGP peer
|
Indicates the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
|
Not advertised outside the local AS
|
Indicates the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
|
(Received from a RR-client)
|
Path was received from a route reflector client.
|
(received-only)
|
Path is not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration, and records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path received from a peer. A path marked "received-only" indicates that either the path was dropped by inbound policy, or that a copy of path information was created and then modified for routing use.
|
(received & used)
|
Indicates that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A path marked "(received & used)", implies the path information was not modified by inbound policy.
|
valid
|
Path is valid.
|
redistributed
|
Path is locally sourced through redistribution.
|
aggregated
|
Path is locally sourced through aggregation.
|
local
|
Path is locally sourced through the network command.
|
confed
|
Path was received from a confederation peer.
|
best
|
Path is selected as best.
|
multipath
|
Path is one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
|
dampinfo
|
Indicates dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) since the network first flapped.
Reuse in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is available. This field is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
|
Attributes after inbound policy was applied
|
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next-hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
|
origin
|
Origin of the path:
IGP—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
EGP—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear; in example, a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
neighbor as
|
First autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
|
aggregator
|
Indicates that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The AS number and router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
|
metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
|
localpref
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system
|
aspath
|
AS path associated with the route.
|
community
|
Community attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
|
Extended community
|
Extended community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route target community
SoO—Site of Origin community
LB—Link Bandwidth community
|
Originator
|
Router ID of the originating router when route reflection is used.
|
Cluster lists
|
Router ID or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
|
Attributes after outbound policy was applied
|
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any outbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next-hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies an inbound or outbound routing policy to a neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp advertised
|
Displays routes advertised to neighbors.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
|
show bgp route-policy
|
Displays BGP information about networks that match an outbound route policy.
|
show bgp process
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process information, use the show bgp process command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vpvn6 unicast] process [performance-statistics] [detail]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the unicast subaddress family.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies the multicast subaddress family.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
performance- statistics
|
(Optional) Displays performance statistics relative to the work done by the specified process.
|
detail
|
(Optional) Specifies detailed process information.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The vpnv4 unicast keywords were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the show bgp process command to display status and summary information for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process. The output shows various global and address family-specific BGP configurations. A summary of the number of neighbors, update messages, and notification messages sent and received by the process is also displayed.
Use the detail keyword to display detailed process information. The detailed process information shows the memory used by each of various internal structure types.
Use the performance-statistics keyword to display a summary or detail of work done by the BGP processes. The summary display shows the real time spent performing certain operations and the time stamps for state transitions during initial convergence.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured)
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
IGP notification: IGPs notified
Node Process Nbrs Estab Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcvd Nfn-Sent
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 3 2 1 20 10 0 0
Table 27 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 27 show bgp process Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP is operating in
|
Indicates BGP is operating in standalone mode. This is the only supported mode.
|
Autonomous System
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
Router ID
|
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, "manually configured" is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If no global ID is available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
|
Confederation ID
|
Confederation identifier for the local system.
|
Cluster ID
|
Cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, "manually configured" is displayed.
|
Default metric
|
Default metric. This is controlled by the default-metric command.
|
Fast external fallover enabled
|
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp fast-external-fallover disable command.
|
Neighbor logging enabled
|
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp log neighbor changes disable command.
|
Enforce first AS enabled
|
Indicates that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp enforce-first-as disable command.
|
iBGP to IGP redistribution
|
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
|
Treating missing MED as worst
|
Indicates missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
|
Always compare MED is enabled
|
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
|
AS Path ignore is enabled
|
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
|
Comparing MED from confederation peers
|
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
|
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
|
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
|
Default local preference
|
Default local preference value used for BGP routes. This is controlled by the bgp default local-preference command.
|
Default keepalive
|
Default keepalive interval. This is controlled by the timers bgp command.
|
Graceful restart enabled
|
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are: bgp graceful-restart, bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, bgp graceful-restart restart-time, and bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset.
|
Update delay
|
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
|
Generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
|
Dampening
|
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the dampening command.
|
Client reflection
|
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
|
Scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command in address family configuration mode.
|
Main Table Version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
IGP notification
|
Indicates whether Interior Gateway Protocols (IGP) have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
|
Node
|
Node on which the process is executing.
|
Process
|
Type of BGP process.
|
Speaker
|
Speaker process. A speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing, and sending BGP messages to configured neighbors.
|
Nbrs
|
Number of neighbors for which the process is responsible.
|
Estab
|
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for this process.
|
Rst
|
Number of times this process was restarted.
|
Upd-Rcvd
|
Number of update messages received by the process.
|
Upd-Sent
|
Number of update messages sent by the process.
|
Nfn-Rcvd
|
Number of notification messages received by the process.
|
Nfn-Sent
|
Number of notification messages sent by the process.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the detail keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all process detail
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured)
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Generic scan interval: 60
BGP Speaker process: 0, location node0_0_0
Neighbors: 3, established: 2
Extended communities: 1 40
Route Reflector Entries: 0 0
Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0
Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0
Next-hop Cache Entries: 2 80
Update messages queued: 0
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
IGP notification: IGPs notified
Network Entries: 15, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Dampened Paths: 0, History Paths: 9
Table 28 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 28 show bgp process detail Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP is operating in
|
Indicates whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
|
Autonomous System
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
Router ID
|
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, "manually configured" is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
|
Confederation ID
|
Confederation identifier for the local system.
|
Cluster ID
|
Cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, "manually configured" is displayed.
|
Default metric
|
Default metric.
|
Fast external fallover enabled
|
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled.
|
Neighbor logging enabled
|
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled.
|
Enforce first AS enabled
|
Indicates that strict checking of the first autonomous system (AS) number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled.
|
iBGP to IGP redistribution
|
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
|
Treating missing MED as worst
|
Indicates missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
|
Always compare MED is enabled
|
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
|
AS Path ignore is enabled
|
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
|
Comparing MED from confederation peers
|
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
|
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
|
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
|
Default local preference
|
Default local preference value used for BGP routes.
|
Default keepalive
|
Default keepalive interval. This is controlled by the timers bgp command.
|
Graceful restart enabled
|
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are: bgp graceful-restart, bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, bgp graceful-restart restart-time, and bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset.
|
Update delay
|
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
|
Generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
|
BGP Speaker Process
|
Speaker process responsible for receiving, processing and sending BGP messages.
|
Node
|
Node on which the specified process is executing.
|
Neighbors
|
Number of neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
|
established
|
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified process.
|
Updates
|
Number of update messages sent and received by the specified process.
|
Notifications
|
Number of notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
|
Attributes
|
Number of unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the attribute information.
|
AS Paths
|
Number of unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the AS path information.
|
Communities
|
Number of unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Extended communities
|
Number of unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Route Reflector Entries
|
Number of unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Nexthop Entries
|
Number of entries and memory usage for cached next-hop information.
|
Update messages queued
|
Total number of update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
|
Address family
|
Specified address family.
|
Dampening
|
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
|
Client reflection
|
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
|
Scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
|
Main Table Version
|
Last version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was injected into the main routing table.
|
IGP notification
|
Indicates whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
|
RIB has converged
|
Indicates whether the main routing table version has converged and the version at which it converged.
|
State
|
BGP system state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the following:
read-only mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are not advertised to peers.
best-path calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were received while in read-only mode.
import mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being installed in the global RIB.
label allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the requirement.
normal mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are performed as new updates are received.
|
BGP Table Version
|
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
|
Attribute download
|
Indicates whether the RIB attribute download is enabled.
|
Network Entries
|
Number of sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified address family.
|
Soft Reconfig Entries
|
Number of sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting soft reconfiguration.
|
Dampened Paths
|
Number of routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
|
History Paths
|
Number of routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve dampening information.
|
Prefixes (Allocated/Freed)
|
Number of sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
|
Paths (Allocated/Freed)
|
Number of sets of route information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
|
Prefixes (Number/Memory Used)
|
Number of sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address family, and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Paths (Number/Memory Used)
|
Number of sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family, and the amount of memory used by them.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the performance-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode
Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured)
Fast external fallover enabled
Neighbor logging is enabled
Default local preference: 100
Generic scan interval: 60
Address family: IPv4 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
IGP notification: IGPs notified
RIB has converged: version 0
Address family: IPv4 Multicast
Client reflection is enabled
RIB has converged: version 0
Address family: IPv6 Unicast
Client reflection is enabled
RIB has converged: version 0
Address family: IPv6 Multicast
Client reflection is enabled
RIB has converged: version 0
Node Process Read Write Inbound
node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 0.09 0.03 0.04
Address Family IPv4 Unicast:
Process Conv Nbr Estab Bestpath RIB Inst Read/Write Last Upd
Speaker No 0 120 120 120 121
Address Family IPv4 Multicast:
Process Conv Nbr Estab Bestpath RIB Inst Read/Write Last Upd
Speaker Yes 0 120 120 120 121
Address Family IPv4 Multicast converged in 121 seconds.
Address Family IPv6 Unicast:
Process Conv Nbr Estab Bestpath RIB Inst Read/Write Last Upd
Speaker Yes 0 120 120 120 121
Address Family IPv6 Unicast converged in 121 seconds.
Address Family IPv6 Multicast:
Process Conv Nbr Estab Bestpath RIB Inst Read/Write Last Upd
Speaker No 0 120 120 120 ---
Table 29 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 29 show bgp process performance-statistics Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP is operating in
|
Indicates whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
|
Autonomous system
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
Router ID
|
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, "manually configured" is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
|
Confederation ID
|
Confederation identifier for the local system.
|
Cluster ID
|
The cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, "manually configured" is displayed.
|
Default metric
|
Default metric.
|
Fast external fallover enabled
|
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled.
|
Neighbor logging enabled
|
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp log neighbor changes disable command.
|
Enforce first AS enabled
|
Indicates that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled.
|
iBGP to IGP redistribution
|
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
|
Treating missing MED as worst
|
Indicates missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled using the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
|
Always compare MED is enabled
|
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This setting is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
|
AS Path ignore is enabled
|
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
|
Comparing MED from confederation peers
|
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
|
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
|
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
|
Default local preference
|
Default local preference value used for BGP routes.
|
Default keepalive
|
Default keepalive interval. This setting is controlled by the timers bgp command.
|
Graceful restart enabled
|
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are: bgp graceful-restart, bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, bgp graceful-restart restart-time, and bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset.
|
Update delay
|
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
|
Generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This setting is controlled by the bgp scan-time command in router configuration mode.
|
Address family
|
Specified address family.
|
Dampening
|
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
|
Client reflection
|
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
|
Scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
|
Main Table Version
|
Last version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was injected into the main routing table.
|
IGP notification
|
Indicates whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
|
Node
|
Node on which the process is executing.
|
Process
|
BGP process.
|
Speaker
|
Speaker process. The speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing and sending BGP messages.
|
Read
|
Real time (in seconds) spent reading messages from peers by this process.
|
Write
|
Real time (in seconds) spent writing messages to peers by this process.
|
Inbound
|
The real time (in seconds) spent processing messages read from peers by this process.
|
Config
|
Real time (in seconds) spent processing configuration commands by this process.
|
Data
|
Real time (in seconds) spent providing operational data by this process.
|
Conv
|
Indicates whether the process has converged after the initial update.
|
Nbr Estab
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time when the first neighbor became established.
|
Bestpath
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the best-path calculation mode was entered.
|
RIB Inst
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
|
Read/Write
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
|
Last Upd
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
|
Address Family IPv4 Unicast converged in n seconds
|
Indicates that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv4 unicast address family. The time taken for convergence is shown.
|
Address Family IPv6 Multicast converged in n seconds
|
Indicates that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv6 multicast address family. The time taken for convergence is shown.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the performance-statistics and detail keywords:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics detail
BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_0_CPU0
Neighbors: 3, established: 2
Extended communities: 0 0
Route Reflector Entries: 0 0
Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0
Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0
Next-hop Cache Entries: 2 80
Update messages queued: 0
Read 14 messages (1142 bytes) in 12 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Processed 14 inbound messages (time spent: 0.132 secs)
Wrote 2186 bytes in 24 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Processing write list: wrote 18 messages in 4 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Processing write queue: wrote 10 messages in 20 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs)
Socket setup (LPTS): 4 calls (time spent: 0.010 secs)
Configuration: 1 requests (time spent: 0.002 secs)
Operational data: 9 requests (time spent: 0.026 secs)
Network Entries: 149, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0
Updates generated: 149 prefixes in 8 messages from 2 calls (time spent: 0.046 secs)
Scanner: 2 scanner runs (time spent: 0.008 secs)
RIB update: 1 rib update runs, 149 prefixes installed (time spent: 0.024 secs)
Process has converged for IPv4 Unicast.
First neighbor established: 1082604050s
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: 1082604055s
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: 1082604055s
Entered Normal mode: 1082604055s
Latest UPDATE sent: 1082604056s
Table 30 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 30 show bgp process performance-statistics detail Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Process
|
The specified process.
|
Location
|
Node in which the specified process is executing.
|
Neighbors
|
Number of neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
|
established
|
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified process.
|
Updates
|
Number of update messages sent and received by the specified process.
|
Notifications
|
Number of notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
|
Attributes
|
Number of unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the attribute information.
|
AS Paths
|
Number of unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process, and the amount of memory used by the AS path information.
|
Communities
|
Number of unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Extended communities
|
Number of unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Route Reflector Entries
|
Number of unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
|
Route-map Cache Entries
|
Number of entries and memory usage for cached results for applying a route map.
|
Filter-list Cache Entries
|
Number of entries and memory usage for cached results for applying an AS path filter list.
|
Next-hop Cache Entries
|
Number of entries and memory usage for cached next-hop information.
|
Update messages queued
|
Number of update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
|
Read
|
Indicates the number of messages read by the process, the total size of read messages, the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing read operations.
|
Read throttled
|
Number of times that reading from TCP has been throttled due to a backlog of messages read but not processed.
|
inbound messages
|
Number of read messages that have been processed and the real time spent processing inbound messages.
|
Wrote
|
Amount of data that has been written by the process, the number of write operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing write operations.
|
Processing write list
|
Number of messages written from write lists, the number of times the write list has been processed, and the real time spent processing the write list.
Note Write lists typically contain only update messages.
|
Processing write queue
|
Number of messages written from write queues, number of times the write queue has been processed, and the real time spent processing the write queue.
|
Socket setup
|
Number of socket setup operations performed and the real time spent during socket setup operations.
|
Configuration
|
Number of configuration requests received by the process and the real time spent processing configuration requests.
|
Operational data
|
Number of requests for operational data (for show commands) received by the process and the real time spent processing operation data requests
|
State
|
BGP system state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the following:
read-only mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are not advertised to peers.
best-path calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were received while in read-only mode.
import mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being installed in the global RIB.
label allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the requirement.
normal mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are performed as new updates are received.
|
BGP Table Version
|
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
|
Network Entries
|
Number of sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified address family.
|
Soft Reconfig Entries
|
Number of sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting soft reconfiguration.
|
Dampened Paths
|
Number of routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
|
History Paths
|
Number of routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve dampening information.
|
Prefixes (Allocated/Freed)
|
Number of sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
|
Paths (Allocated/Freed)
|
Number of sets of route information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
|
Prefixes (Number/Memory Used)
|
Number of sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address family and amount of memory used by them.
|
Paths (Number/Memory Used)
|
Number of sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family and amount of memory used by them.
|
Updates generated
|
Number of prefixes for which updates have been generated, the number of messages used to advertise the updates, the number of update generation runs performed, and the real time spent generating updates for the specified address family.
|
Scanner
|
Number of times the scanner has run for the specified address family and real time spent in scanner processing.
|
RIB Update
|
Number of global routing information base update runs performed for the specified address family, number of prefixes installed, withdrawn, or modified in the global RIB during these runs, and real time spent performing these runs.
|
Process has converged
|
Indicates whether the process has reached initial convergence for the specified address family.
|
First neighbor established
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the first neighbor in the process was established.
|
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time best-path calculation mode was entered.
|
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
|
Entered Normal mode
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
|
Last UPDATE sent
|
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
|
Sets the autonomous system path length to ignore when calculating preferred paths.
|
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
|
Compare identical routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path selection process and select the route with the lowest router ID.
|
bgp bestpath med always
|
Compare the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
|
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
|
Assume paths with no MED attribute have the most undesirable MED value possible when performing path selection.
|
bgp cluster-id
|
Enables reflection of routes between route reflector clients using a BGP route reflector.
|
bgp cluster-id
|
Configure the cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector.
|
bgp default local-preference
|
Sets the default local preference value.
|
bgp redistribute-internal
|
Allows the redistribution of iBGP routes into an IGP such as Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
|
bgp router-id
|
Configures a fixed router ID for a BGP-speaking router.
|
default-metric (BGP)
|
Sets default metric values for the BGP.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
bgp scan-time
|
Configures scanning intervals.
|
timers bgp
|
Sets default BGP timers.
|
show bgp regexp
To display routes matching the autonomous system path regular expression, use the show bgp regexp command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast] regexp regular-expression
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
regular-expression
|
Regular expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• vpnv4 unicast
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp regexp command to display all routes in the specified BGP table whose autonomous system path is matched by the specified regular expression.
Note
If the regular expression contains spaces, it must be specified and surrounded by quotation marks.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp regexp command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp regexp "^3 "
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1
BGP main routing table version 64
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i172.20.17.121 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 2000 3000 i
*>i10.0.0.0 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 100 1000 i
*>i172.5.23.0/24 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 4 60 4378 i
Table 31 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 31 show bgp regexp Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP address of a network entity.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
show bgp route-policy
|
Displays BGP information about networks that match an outbound route policy.
|
show bgp route-policy
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information about networks that match an outbound route policy, use the show bgp route-policy command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | l all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] route-policy route-policy-name
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
route-policy-name
|
Name of a route policy.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The count-only keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The count-only keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined.
A route policy must be configured to use this command. When the show bgp route-policy command is entered, routes in the specified BGP table are compared with the specified route policy, and all routes passed by the route policy are displayed.
If a pass clause is encountered while the route policy is being applied to the route and the route policy processing completes without hitting a drop clause, the route is displayed. The route is not displayed if a drop clause is encountered, if the route policy processing completes without hitting a pass clause, or if the specified route policy does not exist.
The information displayed does not reflect modifications the policy might make to the route. To display such modifications, use the show bgp policy command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp route-policy command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp route-policy p1
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 729
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
* 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
Table 32 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 32 show bgp route-policy Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
aggregate-address
|
Configures an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
|
route-policy
|
Configures a route policy.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp policy
|
Displays advertisements under a proposed policy.
|
show bgp session-group
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for session groups, use the show bgp session-group command in EXEC mode.
show bgp session-group group-name {configuration [defaults] [nvgen] | inheritance | users}
Syntax Description
group-name
|
Name of the session family group to display.
|
configuration
|
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the session group, including any inherited configuration.
|
defaults
|
(Optional) Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
|
nvgen
|
(Optional) Displays output in the form of the show running-config command.
Note If the defaults keyword also is specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
|
inheritance
|
(Optional) Displays the session groups from which this session group inherits configuration.
|
users
|
(Optional) Display the session groups, neighbor groups, and neighbors that inherit configuration from this session group.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or value
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a session group, including any configuration inherited from other session groups through application of the use command. The source for each configured command is also displayed.
Use the defaults keyword to display the value of all configuration, including default configuration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration in the form of the show running-config command output. Output in this form is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups from which the specified session group inherits configuration.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name users argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor groups, and session groups that inherit configuration from the specified session group.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
For the example shown here, the following configuration is used:
The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group1 configuration
advertisement-interval 5[s:group2 s:group3]
ebgp-multihop 2 [s:group2]
update-source Loopback0 []
dmzlink-bw [s:group2 s:group3]
The source of each command is shown to the right of the command. For example, update-source is configured directly on session group group1. The dmzlink-bw command is inherited from session group group2, which in turn inherits it from session group group3.
The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group2 users
The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the inheritance keyword.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group1 inheritance
Session:s:group2 s:group3
The command output shows that the session group group1 directly uses the group2 session group. The group2 session group uses the group3 session group.
Table 33 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 33 show bgp session-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
[ ]
|
Configures the command directly on the specified session group.
|
s:
|
Indicates the name that follows is a session group.
|
a:
|
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
|
n:
|
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
|
[dflt]
|
Indicates the command is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the command is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
<not set>
|
Indicates that the default is for the command to be disabled. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
|
Related Commands
show bgp summary
To display the status of all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections, use the show bgp summary command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpvn6
unicast] summary
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• vpnv4 unicast
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the show bgp summary command to display a summary of the neighbors for which the specified address family and subaddress family are enabled. If the neighbor does not have the specified address family and subaddress family enabled, it is not included in the output of the show command. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, a summary for each combination of address family and subaddress family is displayed in turn.
The table versions shown in the output (RcvTblVer, bRIB/RIB, SendTblVer, and TblVer) are specific to the specified address family and subaddress family. All other information is global.
The table versions provide an indication of whether BGP is up to date with all work for the specified address family and subaddress family.
•
bRIB/RIB < RecvTblVer—Some received routes have not yet been considered for installation in the global routing table.
•
TblVer < SendTblVer—Some received routes have been installed in the global routing table but have not yet been considered for advertisement to this neighbor.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp summary command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp summary
BGP router identifier 10.0.0.0, local AS number 2
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 1
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer
Neighbor Spk AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd
10.0.101.0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
10.0.101.1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
Table 34 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 34 show bgp summary Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
IP address of the router.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number set by the router bgp command.
|
BGP generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
|
BGP table state
|
State of the BGP database.
|
Table ID
|
BGP database identifier.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
BGP is operating in
|
Specifies BGP is operating in standalone mode.
|
Process
|
BGP process.
|
RecvTblVer
|
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
|
bRIB/RIB
|
Last version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
|
LabelVer
|
Label version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
|
ImportVer
|
Last version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
|
SendTblVer
|
Latest version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
|
Some configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
|
Some external neighbors exist that do not have both an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, using the route-policy (BGP) command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted and advertised to those neighbors.
|
Neighbor
|
IP address of a neighbor.
|
Spr
|
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
|
AS
|
Autonomous system.
|
MsgRcvd
|
Number of BGP messages received from a neighbor.
|
MsgSent
|
Number of BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
|
TblVer
|
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
|
InQ
|
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
|
OutQ
|
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
|
Up/Down
|
Length of time in (hh:mm:ss) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
|
St/PfxRcd
|
If the BGP session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the maximum-prefix command), "(PfxRcd)" appears.
If the connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, "(Admin)" appears.
If the neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the end of the state when using the route-policy (BGP) command.
If the connection has been shut down due to out of memory (OOM), "(OOM)" appears.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp truncated-communities
To display routes in the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table for which inbound policy or aggregation has exceeded the maximum number of communities that may be attached, use the show bgp truncated-communities command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast [rd rd-address] | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6
unicast] | vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address]] truncated-communities
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpvn6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router. The count-only keyword was added.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and arguments were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast] [rd rd-address]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
The count-only keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast [rd rd-address] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined.
Use the show bgp truncated-communities command to display those routes in the specified BGP routing table in which the buffers used to store communities or extended communities have overflowed. An overflow occurs if an attempt is made to associate more communities or extended communities with the route than fits in a BGP update message. This can happen due to modification of communities or extended communities during aggregration or when inbound policy is applied.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp truncated-communities command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp truncated-communities
BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820
BGP main routing table version 3042
BGP scan interval 60 secs
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next-hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ?
*> 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
Table 35 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 35 show bgp truncated-communities Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
BGP Identifier for the local system.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number for the local system.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
Status codes
|
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
|
Origin codes
|
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
|
Network
|
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
|
Next-hop
|
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
|
Metric
|
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
|
LocPrf
|
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
|
Weight
|
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
|
Path
|
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
aggregate-address
|
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
|
network (BGP)
|
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp
|
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
|
show bgp update-group
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information for update groups, use the show bgp update-group command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast |
multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel}
| vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] | vpnv6
unicast] update-group [neighbor ip-address | process-id.index [summary |
performance-statistics]]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 update groups.
|
unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies unicast update groups.
|
multicast
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast update groups.
|
labeled-unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
|
all
|
(Optional) Displays both unicast and multicast update groups.
|
tunnel
|
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
|
mdt
|
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 update groups.
|
all
|
(Optional) Displays both IP Version 4 and IP Version 6 update groups.
|
vpnv4 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
|
rd rd-address
|
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
|
vrf
|
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
|
vrf-name
|
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
|
all
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
|
vpnv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
|
neighbor ip-address
|
(Optional) Specifies information on an update group for a specific neighbor.
|
process-id.index
|
(Optional) Update group index. Process ID range is 0 to 254. Index range is 0 to 4294967295.
Note The process id.index argument is specified as follows: process ID (dot) index. In standalone mode, the process ID is always 0.
|
summary
|
(Optional) Specifies summary of update group members.
|
performance-statistics
|
(Optional) Specifies performance information about the updates generated for the update group.
|
Defaults
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The following keywords and argument were added:
• vrf {vrf-name | all}
• [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}]
• [vpnv4 unicast]
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Every BGP neighbor is automatically assigned to an update group for each address family that is enabled on the neighbor. Neighbors that have similar outbound policy, such that they are sent the same updates, are placed in the same update group.
Use the show bgp update-group command to display the update groups and a list of the neighbors that belong to the update group.
Use the show bgp update-group neighbor command to display details about the update group to which a neighbor belongs for the specified address family.
Use the summary keyword to display a summary of the neighbors belonging to the specified update group. The display format is the same as for the show bgp summary command.
Use the performance-statistics keyword to display information about the number of prefixes processed and the time taken to generate updates for the specified update group.
Note
Update group indexes are not necessarily persistent over a process restart. If a BGP process restarts, the index of the update group to which a particular neighbor is assigned may be different, though the set of neighbors belonging to the update group is the same.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp update-group command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp update-group
Update group for IPv4 Unicast, index 0.1:
Send extended communities
Minimum advertisement interval: 300
Update group desynchronized: 0
Messages formatted: 0, replicated: 0
Neighbors not in any sub-group:
Table 36 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 36 show bgp update-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Update group for
|
Address family to which updates in this update group apply.
|
index
|
Update group index.
|
Attributes
|
Attributes common to all members of the update group.
|
Unsuppress map
|
Unsuppress route map used to selectively unsuppress more specific routes of locally generated aggregates for members of this update group.
|
Outbound policy
|
Route policy applied to outbound updates generated for members of this update group.
|
Internal
|
Members of the update group are internal peers.
|
ORF Receive enabled
|
Members of this update group are capable of receiving an outbound route filter.
|
Route Reflector Client
|
Local system is acting as a route reflector for members of this update group.
|
Remove private AS numbers
|
Members of this update group have private AS numbers stripped from outbound updates.
|
Next-hop-self enabled
|
Next-hop for members of the update group is set to the local router.
|
Directly connected IPv6 EBGP
|
Members of this update group are directly connected external BGP IPv6-based peers.
|
Configured Local AS
|
Local autonomous system (AS) used for members of this update group.
|
Common admin
|
Peers in this update group are under common administration (internal or confederation peers).
|
Send communities
|
Communities are sent to neighbors in this update group.
|
Send extended communities
|
Extended communities is sent to neighbors in this update group.
|
Minimum advertisement interval
|
Minimum advertisement interval for members of this update group.
|
replicated
|
Number of update messages replicated for this update group.
|
Messages formatted
|
Number of update messages generated for this update group.
|
Neighbors in this update group
|
List of neighbors that use this update group for the given address family.
|
Update group desynchronized
|
Number of times an update group has been split to accommodate the slower peer. This option is disabled.
|
Sub-groups merged
|
Number of times an update group has been split and merged.
|
Neighbors not in any sub-group
|
BGP neighbor that does not belong to any subgroup.
|
The following is sample output from the show bgp update-group command with the ipv4, unicast, and summary keywords and the process id.index argument:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp ipv4 unicast update-group 0.1 summary
BGP router identifier 10.140.140.1, local AS number 1.1
BGP generic scan interval 60 secs
BGP main routing table version 1
BGP scan interval 60 secs
BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode.
Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer
Neighbor Spr AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd
172.25.11.8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
Table 37 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 37 show bgp ipv4 unicast update-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP router identifier
|
IP address of the router.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number set by the router bgp command.
|
BGP generic scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
|
BGP table state
|
State of the BGP database.
|
Table ID
|
BGP database identifier.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
|
Dampening enabled
|
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
|
BGP scan interval
|
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
|
BGP is operating in
|
BGP is operating in standalone mode.
|
Process
|
BGP process.
|
RecvTblVer
|
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
|
bRIB/RIB
|
Last version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
|
LabelVer
|
Label version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
|
ImportVer
|
Last version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
|
SendTblVer
|
Latest version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
|
Some configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
|
Some external neighbors that exist do not have both an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, using the route-policy (BGP) command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted or advertised to those neighbors.
|
Neighbor
|
IP address of a neighbor.
|
Spr
|
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
|
AS
|
Autonomous system.
|
MsgRcvd
|
Number of BGP messages received from a neighbor.
|
MsgSent
|
Number of BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
|
TblVer
|
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
|
InQ
|
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
|
OutQ
|
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
|
Up/Down
|
Length of time (in hh:mm:s) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
|
St/PfxRcd
|
If the BGP session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the maximum-prefix command), "(PfxRcd)" appears.
If the connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, "(Admin)" appears.
If the neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the end of the state when using the route-policy (BGP) command.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
maximum-prefix (BGP)
|
Limits the number of prefixes that can be received from a neighbor.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
set default-afi
|
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
|
set default-safi
|
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
|
show bgp summary
|
Displays the status of all BGP connections.
|
shutdown (BGP)
|
Disables a neighbor without removing its configuration.
|
show bgp vrf imported-routes
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information for routes imported into specified VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instances, use the show bgp vrf imported-routes command in EXEC mode.
show bgp vrf {vrf-name | all} [ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast] imported-routes
[vrf source-vrf-name] [neighbor neighbor-address]
Syntax Description
vrf-name
|
Displays imported routes for a specific VRF.
|
all
|
Displays imported routes for all VRFs.
|
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast}
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 unicast or labeled-unicast imported routes.
|
ipv6 unicast
|
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 unicast imported routes.
|
vrf source-vrf-name
|
(Optional) Displays routes imported from the specified source VRF.
|
neighbor neighbor-address
|
(Optional) Displays preview advertisements for a specified neighbor.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported on Cisco XR 12000 Series Routers.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The ipv6 unicast keywords were added.
The standby keyword was removed.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show bgp vrf imported-routes command to display all paths imported into a specified VRF from the default VRF. Use the neighbor neighbor-address keyword and argument to display all imported paths and which paths were learned from the specified neighbor. Use the vrf source-vrf-name keyword and argument to display all imported routes that belong to the specified source VRF. The neighbor neighbor-address and vrf source-vrf-name cannot coexist.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp vrf imported-routes command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf vrf-1 ipv6 unicast imported-routes
BGP VRF one, state: Active BGP
BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:222
BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 100
BGP main routing table version 41534
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Neighbor Route Distinguisher Source VRF
*>i1234:1052::/32 10.1.0.1 100:111 default
*>i2008:1:1:1::/112 10.1.0.1 100:111 default
Processed 3 prefixes, 3 paths
Table 38 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 38 show bgp vrf imported-routes Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
BGP VRF
|
VRF name.
|
state
|
State of the VRF.
|
BGP Route Distinguisher:
|
Unique identifier for the BGP routing instance.
|
VRF Id
|
VRF identifier.
|
BGP router identifier
|
IP address of the router.
|
local AS number
|
Autonomous system number set by the router bgp command.
|
BGP table state
|
State of the BGP database.
|
Table ID
|
Table identifier.
|
BGP main routing table version
|
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
|
Network
|
Network address.
|
Neighbor
|
IP address of a neighbor.
|
Route Distinguisher
|
Unique identifier for the routing instance.
|
Source VRF
|
Source VRF for the imported route.
|
show protocols (BGP)
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) instances running on the router, use the show protocols command in EXEC mode and specify either the bgp or all keyword.
show protocols [ipv4 | ipv6 | afi-all] [all | protocol]
Syntax Description
ipv4
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
|
ipv6
|
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
|
afi-all
|
(Optional) Specifies all address families.
|
all
|
(Optional) Specifies all protocols for a given address family.
|
protocol
|
(Optional) Specifies a routing protocol.
• For the IPv4 address family, the options are bgp, isis, rip, eigrp, and ospf.
• For the IPv6 address family, the options are bgp, eigrp, isis, and ospfv3.
|
Defaults
Default is IPv4.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
The afi-all keyword was added.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the show protocols command to get information about the protocols running on the router and to quickly determine which protocols are active. The command is designed to summarize the important characteristics of the running protocol, and command output varies depending on the specific protocol selected. For BGP, the command output lists the protocol ID, peers with elapsed time since last reset, and miscellaneous information, such as external and internal local distances and sourced routes.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read
|
rib
|
read
|
Examples
The following example shows the display for the show protocols command using the bgp keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show protocols bgp
Routing Protocol "BGP 40"
Address Family IPv4 Unicast:
Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200
Routing Information Sources:
Neighbor State/Last update received
Table 39 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 39 show protocols (BGP) Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Routing Protocol:
|
Identifies BGP as the running protocol and displays the BGP AS number.
|
Address Family
|
Specifies the address family. This can be IPv4 Unicast, IPv4 Multicast, or IPv6 Unicast.
|
Distance: external
|
Specifies the distance BGP sets when installing eBGP routes into the RIB. eBGP routes are routes received from eBGP peers. The RIB uses the distance as a tiebreaker when several protocols install a route for the same prefix.
|
Distance: internal
|
Specifies the distance BGP sets for routes received from iBGP peers.
|
Distance: local
|
Specifies the distance BGP sets for locally generated aggregates and backdoor routes.
|
Sourced Networks
|
List of locally sourced networks. These are networks sourced using the network command.
|
Routing information Sources
|
List of configured BGP neighbors.
|
Neighbor
|
Address of a BGP neighbor.
|
State/Last update received
|
State of each neighbor and the time since the last update was received from the neighbor if it is established.
|
shutdown (BGP)
To disable a neighbor without removing its configuration, use the shutdown command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable the neighbor and reestablish a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session, use the no form of this command.
shutdown [disable]
no shutdown [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Overrides the value of a shutdown command inherited from a neighbor group or session group.
|
Defaults
Neighbors are not shutdown.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the shutdown command to terminate any active session for the specified neighbor and remove all associated routing information. Use of the shutdown command with a neighbor group or session group may suddenly terminate a large number of BGP neighbor sessions because all neighbors using the neighbor group or session group may be affected.
Use the show bgp summary command to display a summary of BGP neighbors. Neighbors that are idle due to the shutdown command are displayed with the "Idle (Admin)" state.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows that any active session for neighbor 192.168.40.24 is disabled:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# shutdown
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
In the following example, the session remains active for neighbor 192.168.40.24 because the inherited shutdown command has been overridden:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# shutdown
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# shutdown disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
show bgp summary
|
Displays the status of all BGP connections.
|
site-of-origin (BGP)
To attach a site-of-origin extended community attribute to each route received from the specified peer, use the site-of-origin command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
site-of-origin [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
no site-of-origin [as-number:nn | ip-address:nn]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
|
Autonomous system (AS) number.
• as-number—16-bit AS number. Range is from 1 to 65535.
• nn—32-bit number
|
ip-address:nn
|
IP address.
• ip-address—32-bit IP address
• nn—16-bit number
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
When routes are advertised to the peer, routes whose extended communities list contain the site of origin (SoO) are filtered out and not advertised to the peer. Site-of-origin uniquely identifies the site from which the provide edge (PE) router learned routes, thus filtering based on the extended community helps prevent transient routing loops from occurring in complex and mixed network topologies.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure SoO filtering:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf_A
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 192.168.70.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# remote-as 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr-af)# site-of-origin 10.0.01:20
socket receive-buffer-size
To set the size of the receive buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the socket receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the receive buffers to the default size, use the no form of this command.
socket receive-buffer-size socket-size [bgp-size]
no socket receive-buffer-size [socket-size] [bgp-size]
Syntax Description
socket-size
|
Size (in bytes) of the receive-side socket buffers. Range is 512 to 131072.
|
bgp-size
|
(Optional) Size (in bytes) of the receive buffers in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
|
Defaults
socket-size: 32,768 bytes
bgp-size: 4,032 bytes
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the socket receive-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
Use the receive-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by the socket receive-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for all neighbors to 65,536 bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# socket receive-buffer-size 65536 8192
Related Commands
socket send-buffer-size
To set the size of the send buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the socket send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the send buffers to the default size, use the no form of this command.
socket send-buffer-size socket-size [bgp-size]
no socket send-buffer-size [socket-size] [bgp-size]
Syntax Description
socket-size
|
Size (in bytes) of the send-side socket buffers. Range is 4096 to 131072.
|
bgp-size
|
(Optional) Size (in bytes) of the send buffers in BGP. Range is 4096 to 131072.
|
Defaults
socket-size: 10240 bytes
bgp-size: 4096 bytes
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the socket send-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when sending updates to neighbors. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be sent by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
Use the send-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by the socket send-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for all neighbors to 8192 bytes for the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# socket send-buffer-size 8192 8192
Related Commands
soft-reconfiguration inbound
To configure the software to store updates received from a neighbor, use the soft-reconfiguration inbound command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable storing received updates, use the no form of this command.
soft-reconfiguration inbound [always | disable]
no soft-reconfiguration inbound [always | disable]
Syntax Description
always
|
(Optional) Always performs a soft inbound clear using stored updates, even if the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.
|
disable
|
(Optional) Overrides configuration for this command that may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
|
Defaults
Soft reconfiguration is not enabled.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group
• VPNv6 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv6 neighbor address family
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
To filter or modify some of the updates received from a neighbor, you configure an inbound policy using the route-policy (BGP) command. Configuring soft reconfiguration inbound causes the software to store the original unmodified route beside a route that is modified or filtered. This allows a "soft clear" to be performed after the inbound policy is changed. To perform a soft clear, use the clear bgp soft command with the in keyword specified. The unmodified routes are then passed through the new policy and installed in the BGP table.
Note
If an address family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
Note
The bgp auto-policy-soft-reset is enabled by default. A soft clear is done automatically when the inbound policy configured with the route-policy (BGP) command is changed. This behavior can be changed by disabling the auto-policy-soft-reset using the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command.
If the neighbor supports the route refresh capability, then the original routes are not stored because they can be retrieved from the neighbor through a route refresh request. However, if the always keyword is specified, the original routes are stored even when the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.
If the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is not configured and the neighbor does not support the route refresh capability, then an inbound soft clear is not possible. In that case, the only way to rerun the inbound policy is to use the clear bgp ip-address command to reset the neighbor BGP session.
Note
If there is an existing BGP session with a neighbor that does not support the route refresh capability, the session is terminated and a new one is initiated.
Note
The extra routes stored as a result of configuring this command use more memory on the router.
If you configure this command for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows inbound soft reconfiguration enabled for IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes received from neighbor 10.108.1.1. The software stores all routes received in their unmodified form so that when an inbound soft clear is performed later, the stored information can then be used to generate a new set of modified routes.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.108.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# soft-reconfiguration inbound
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exit
The following example shows inbound soft reconfiguration disabled for neighbor 10.108.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited by address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# soft-reconfiguration inbound
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.108.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# soft-reconfiguration inbound disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
|
Disables an automatic soft reset of BGP peers when the configured inbound route policy is modified.
|
clear bgp
|
Resets a BGP connection using a soft or hard reset.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
rd
|
Applies a prefix list to filter updates received from a neighbor.
|
route-policy (BGP)
|
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
|
speaker-id
To allocate a speaker process to a neighbor, use the speaker-id command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the speaker process from a neighbor, use the no form of this command.
speaker-id id
no speaker-id [id]
Syntax Description
id
|
ID of the speaker process. Range is 1 to 15.
|
Defaults
Default is 0.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
The command was supported in session group configuration mode.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to allocate speaker process 3 to neighbor 192.168.40.24:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# speaker-id 3
Related Commands
table-policy
To apply a routing policy to routes being installed into the routing table, use the table-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable applying a routing policy when installing routes into the routing table, use the no form of this command.
table-policy policy-name
no table-policy [policy-name]
Syntax Description
policy-name
|
Name of the routing policy to apply.
|
Defaults
No policy is applied when routes are installed into the routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Note
Table policy provides users with the ability to drop routes from the RIB based on match criteria. This feature can be useful in certain applications and should be used with caution as it can easily create a routing `black hole' where BGP advertises routes to neighbors that BGP does not install in its global routing table and forwarding table.
Use the table-policy command to modify route attributes as the routes are installed into the routing table by Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Commonly, it is used to set the traffic index attribute.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the set-traffic-index policy to IPv4 unicast routes being installed into the routing table:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# table-policy set-traffic-index
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
route-policy (RPL)
|
Defines a route policy and enters route policy configuration mode.
|
timers (BGP)
To set the timers for a specific Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the timers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the timers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
timers keepalive hold-time
no timers [keepalive hold-time]
Syntax Description
keepalive
|
Frequency (in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to a neighbor. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
|
hold-time
|
Interval (in seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number in the range from 3 to 4294967295.
|
Defaults
keepalive: 60 seconds
hold-time: 180 seconds
Use the timers bgp command to override the default values.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The timers actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time. If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to change the keepalive timer to 70 seconds and the hold-time timer to 210 seconds for the BGP peer 192.168.40.24:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# timers 70 210
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
timers bgp
|
Adjusts BGP network timers for all BGP neighbors.
|
timers bgp
To change the default timer values for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the timers bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the default timers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
timers bgp keepalive hold-time
no timers bgp [keepalive hold-time]
Syntax Description
keepalive
|
Frequency (in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to the neighbor. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
|
hold-time
|
Interval (in seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number in the range from 3 to 4294967295.
|
Defaults
keepalive: 60 seconds
hold-time: 180 seconds
Command Modes
Router configuration
VRF configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the timers bgp command to adjust the default timer times used by all BGP neighbors. The values can be overridden on particular neighbors using the timers command in the neighbor configuration mode.
The timers actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time. If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a default keepalive time of 30 seconds and a default hold time of 90 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# timers bgp 30 90
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
timers (BGP)
|
Adjusts BGP network timers for a BGP neighbor.
|
ttl-security
To configure a router to check the time-to-live (TTL) field in incoming IP packets for the specified external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer, use the ttl-security command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable TTL verification, use the no form of this command.
ttl-security [disable]
no ttl-security [disable]
Syntax Description
disable
|
(Optional) Prevents the ttl-security command from being inherited from a session group or neighbor group.
|
Defaults
TTL verification is not enabled for eBGP peers.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the ttl-security command to enable a lightweight security mechanism to protect eBGP peering sessions from CPU utilization-based and other resource exhaustion-based attacks. These types of attacks are typically brute-force Denial of Service (DoS) attacks that attempt to disable the network by flooding devices in the network with IP packets that contain forged source and destination IP addresses in the packet headers.
This command leverages existing behavior in IP packets. For a given IP packet, the TTL count of the packet always is equal to or less than the TTL count when the packet originated, a behavior that is considered impossible to circumvent. Therefore, a packet received with a TTL count equal to the maximum TTL value of 255 can be sent only by a directly adjacent peer. When the ttl-security command is configured for an eBGP neighbor that is directly adjacent, the router accepts only IP packets with a TTL count that is equal to the maximum TTL value.
The ttl-security command secures the eBGP session in the incoming direction only. In the outbound direction, it causes packets to be sent only with the maximum TTL value so that the BGP neighbor can also verify the TTL value of incoming packets. When this command is enabled, BGP establishes or maintains a session only if the TTL value in the IP packet header is equal to the maximum TTL value. If the value is less than the maximum TTL value, the packet is discarded and an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) message is not generated. This behavior is designed because a response to a forged packet is not necessary.
Note
The ttl-security command must be configured on each participating router. Failure to configure this command on both ends of the BGP session results in the session progressing as far as the OpenSent or OpenConfirm state, remaining there until the hold time expires.
The following restrictions apply to the configuration of this command:
•
The ttl-security command should not be configured for a peer that is already configured with the neighbor ebgp-multihop command. The simultaneous configuration of these commands is permitted; however, the ttl-security command overrides the ebgp-multihop command.
•
This command is not supported for internal BGP (iBGP) peers.
•
This command is not effective against attacks from a directly adjacent peer that has been compromised.
If you configure this command for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Note
If the ttl-security command is configured on a neighbor to which the router has an established connection or the router is in the process of establishing a connection, the session must be cleared using the clear bgp command.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to enable TTL security for eBGP neighbor 192.168.223.7:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.7
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65507
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# ttl-security
The following example shows how to enable TTL security for multiple eBGP neighbors using a session group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group ebgp-nbrs
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# ttl-security
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65501
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65502
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65503
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
ebgp-multihop
|
Accepts and attempts BGP connections to external peers residing on networks that are not directly connected.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
show lpts flows
|
Displays information about locally terminated packet flows, including the minimum TTL value expected.
|
update-source
To allow internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) sessions to use the primary IP address from a particular interface as the local address when forming an iBGP session with a neighbor, use the update-source command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the chosen local IP address to the nearest interface to the neighbor, use the no form of this command.
update-source interface-type interface-number
no update-source [interface-type interface-number]
Syntax Description
interface-type
|
Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.
|
interface-number
|
Either a physical interface instance or a virtual interface instance:
• Physical interface instance. Naming notation is rack/slot/module/port and a slash between values is required as part of the notation.
– rack: Chassis number of the rack.
– slot: Physical slot number of the line card.
– module: Module number. A physical layer interface module (PLIM) is always 0.
– port: Physical port number of the interface.
• Virtual interface instance. Number range varies depending on interface type.
For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.
|
Defaults
Best local address
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The update-source command is commonly used with the loopback interface feature for iBGP sessions. The loopback interface is defined, and the interface address is used as the endpoint for a BGP session through the update-source command. This mechanism allows a BGP session to remain up even if the outbound interface goes down, provided there is another route to the neighbor.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure this router to use the IP address from the Loopback0 interface when trying to open a session with neighbor 172.20.16.6:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 110
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 110
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# update-source Loopback0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
use
To inherit configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group, use the use command in an appropriate configuration mode. To discontinue inheritance from a group, use the no form of this command.
use {af-group group-name | neighbor-group group-name | session-group group-name}
no use {af-group [group-name] | neighbor-group [group-name] | session-group [group-name]}
Syntax Description
af-group
|
Specifies an address family group.
|
group-name
|
Name of the neighbor group, session group, or address family group from which you want to inherit configuration.
|
neighbor-group
|
Specifies a neighbor group.
|
session-group
|
Specifies a session group.
|
Defaults
Inheritance of group characteristics does not occur.
Command Modes
For use af-group version:
Address family group configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
Neighbor group address family configuration
For use neighbor-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
For use session-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Session-group configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The use command configures inheritance of configuration from an address family group, neighbor group, or session group, which means that any configuration for the group also takes effect for the user of the group.
The configuration inherited depends on the type of group that is specified. The group types are described in the following sections:
Address Family Group
An address family group can specify a configuration for only a single address family. The address family specified when the address family group was defined (through the af-group command) must match the address family from which the group is used.
Neighbor Group
A neighbor group (like a neighbor) can have address family-independent configuration and address family-specific configuration. All of these configurations could be inherited.
Session Group
A session group can have only address family-independent configuration and thus only address family-independent configuration is inherited from it.
The following rules govern inheritance to resolve possible conflicting configuration:
1.
If a command is configured directly on the neighbor that is using group configuration, the command overrides the value that would be normally inherited from the group.
2.
If the neighbor is configured to use a session group (for address family-independent configuration) or an address family group (for address family-specific configuration) and the command is configured for the session group or address family group, that configuration is used.
3.
The neighbor group configuration is used:
–
If the command is not configured directly on the neighbor and the neighbor is not using a session group (for address family-independent configuration) or an af-group (for address family-specific configuration).
–
The neighbor is using a neighbor group and the command is configured on the neighbor group.
Typically, all configuration for a neighbor group is inherited, but some characteristics may be masked by a session group or address family group. For an example of this configuration, see the "Examples" section.
If the neighbor is using both a session group and a neighbor group and a specific command is configured for the neighbor group but not for the session group, then the configuration for the neighbor group does not take effect. The session group "hides" all address family-independent configuration on the neighbor group and prevents it from being inherited. Similarly, the use of an address family group hides any address family-specific configuration that may otherwise be inherited from a neighbor group for that address family.
In addition to neighbors using groups, it is possible to build a hierarchy by having groups use other groups. The following hierarchical groups are permitted:
•
Session groups may use other session groups.
•
Address family groups may use other address family groups.
•
Neighbor groups may use other neighbor groups.
•
Neighbor groups may use session groups and address family groups.
Note
Within the Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture, do not combine the remote-as command and the no use neighbor-group command in the same commit, or the remote-as command and the no use session-group command in the same commit.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to define a session group session1 and configure neighbor 172.168.40.24 to use session1. As a result, the session1 configuration takes effect on the neighbor also.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# timers 30 90
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
The following example is similar to the previous example, but in this case the timers command on the session group does not take effect on the neighbor because it is overridden by a timers command directly configured for the neighbor.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# timers 30 90
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# timers 60 180
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
The following example shows an address family group, family1, for IPv4 multicast and a neighbor group, neighbor1, that have IPv4 unicast and IPv4 multicast enabled. In this case, the neighbor inherits IPv4 unicast (and address family-independent) configuration from the neighbor group, but inherits IPv4 multicast configuration from the address family group. In this example, the neighbor group also has a remote autonomous system configured, so there is no need to configure a remote autonomous system for the neighbor because it inherits the remote autonomous system from the neighbor group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group family1 address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# route-policy mcast-in in
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group neighbor1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 in
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 out
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 in
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 out
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group neighbor1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group family1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exit
In the previous example, the neighbor uses the policy1 route policy for inbound and outbound IPv4 unicast routes, but uses the mcast-in route policy for inbound IPv4 multicast routes and no policy for outbound IPv4 multicast routes.
The following example shows a neighbor inheriting configuration from a session group that likewise inherits configuration from another session group. The configuration from both session groups take effect on the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# use session-group session1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# update-source Loopback0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
remote-as (BGP)
|
Creates a BGP neighbor and begins the exchange of routing information.
|
show bgp af-group
|
Displays information about BGP configuration for address family groups.
|
show bgp neighbor-group
|
Displays information about the BGP configuration for neighbor groups.
|
show bgp neighbors
|
Displays information about BGP neighbors.
|
show bgp session-group
|
Displays information about the BGP configuration for session groups.
|
vrf (BGP)
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance and enter VRF configuration mode, use the vrf command in router configuration mode. To remove the VRF instance from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
vrf vrf-name
no vrf vrf-name
Syntax Description
vrf-name
|
Name of the VRF instance. The following names cannot be used: all, default, and global.
|
Defaults
No default behavior or values
Command Modes
Router configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1 and Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
The following restriction was removed:
If you remove a VRF configuration using the no vrf vrf-name command and want to reconfigure the VRF configuration using the vrf vrf-name command, you must wait at least three minutes.
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
Use the vrf command to configure a VRF instance. A VRF instance is a collection of VPN routing and forwarding tables maintained at the provider edge (PE) router.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VRF instance and enter VRF configuration mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)#
weight
To assign a weight to routes received from a neighbor, use the weight command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the weight command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software assigns the default weight to routes, use the no form of this command.
weight weight-value
no weight [weight-value]
Syntax Description
weight-value
|
Weight to assign. Range is 0 to 65535.
|
Defaults
Routes learned through another Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer have a default weight of 0 and routes sourced by the local router have a default weight of 32768.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Release 2.0
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco CRS-1.
|
Release 3.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.2
|
This command was supported on the Cisco XR 12000 Series Router.
|
Release 3.3.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv4 address family group
• VPNv4 neighbor address family
• VRF IPv4 neighbor address family
• VPNv4 neighbor group address family
|
Release 3.4.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.5.0
|
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
• VPNv6 address family group configuration
• VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
• VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
• VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
|
Release 3.6.0
|
No modification.
|
Release 3.7.0
|
No modification.
|
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. For detailed information about user groups and task IDs, see the Configuring AAA Services on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR System Security Configuration Guide.
The weight of a route is a Cisco-specific attribute. It is used in the best-path selection process (as the strongest tie-breaker). See the Implementing BGP on Cisco IOS XR Software module of Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for information on best path. If there are two BGP routes with the same network layer reachability information (NLRI), the route with the higher weight is always chosen no matter what the value of other BGP attributes. Weight only has significance on the local router. Weight is assigned locally to the router, is a value that only makes sense to the specific router, is not propagated or carried through any route updates, and never is sent between BGP peers (even within the same AS).
Note
If an address family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
The weight assigned to individual routes can be further manipulated in the inbound route policy of a neighbor using the set weight command. The set weight command sets the weight directly. If you have particular neighbors that you want to prefer for most of your outbound traffic, you can assign a higher weight to all routes learned from that neighbor.
The weight assigned to individual routes may be modified by using an inbound routing policy.
Note
For weight changes to take effect, you may need to use the clear bgp soft command.
If this command configures a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Task ID
|
Operations
|
bgp
|
read, write
|
Examples
The following example shows how to assign a weight of 50 to all IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes learned through 172.20.16.6:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# weight 50
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
af-group
|
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
|
clear bgp
|
Resets a group of BGP neighbors.
|
neighbor-group
|
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
|
session-group
|
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
|
set weight
|
Sets the weight for BGP routes.
|